Skip to main content

Full text of "Report of President of Queen's College, Cork, 1856-57"

See other formats






Presenteti fo botf) jttjoiusejs of parliament bg ffiommantr of ?Qer iP.aiestg. 




1858 . 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 





A. General Regulations of College. List of Officers. Programme of Courses for Matriculation and 

Scholarship in the several Faculties. Arrangements of Hours of Lectures, Pees, Sic., . . n 

B. Special Prospectus of Courses useful for Competitive Examinations, . . • . 21 

C. Selection of Examination Papers for Scholarship Examinations, . . . . . 23 

D. Selection of Examination Papers for Sessional Examination, . . . . . 30 

E. List of Sessional Honors for the Session 1856-57, and Proceedings of the Public Meeting of the 

College at which the Honors were conferred, ... • • • . 42 

P. Lists of successful Candidates from Queen’s College, Cork, for University Degrees and University 

Honors, at the commencements, September, 1857, . . . . . . 44 

G. Form of Circular from President, and Official Reports of Professors, furnished in compliance therewith, 45 

H. Official Report of Librarian, 51 

I. Official Report of the Curator of the Museam, ....... ib 

K. Copies of the several Accounts furnished by Bursar, showing the Financial state of the College, . 52 

L. Report of Committee on the establishment of Special Courses of Instruction for the Competitive 

Examinations, with Prospectus, 54 

M. Documents regarding Discipline and Conduct of Students, . . . . . 56 

1 & 2. Copy of Letter from President, and Special Report from the Vice-President on Discipline, ib. 

3. Return of Cases of Breach of Discipline brought before the Collego Council, the Nature of each, 

and the Punishment inflicted, ib. 

4. Report of Committee appointed to consider the subject of Discipline, . . , . ib. 

5. Copy of Regulations regarding attendance on Class Lectures of Professors, . 59 

6. Copy of the Statute of Punishments, and of the Rules of Discipline now in force, . . ib. 

7. Copy of Regulations for Discipline of Licensed Boarding Houses, . . . . ib. 

8 & 9. Reports from Deans of Residences, ....... 60 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 





May it please your Majesty, 

In conformity -with the Provisions of the Statute of this College, which imposes upon 
the President the duty of preparing and forwarding the Report of the College to be laid 
before Parliament in each year, I have the honour to submit for your Majesty’s gracious 
consideration the following Report of the Proceedings of the Queen’s College, Cork, for the 
Academic Year last past, and of the present condition of the several departments of the 


The Examinations for Matriculation were held at the commencement of the Session, on 
the several days appointed by the College Council, as detailed in the official Prospectus for 
the Session, of which a copy is annexed, Appendix A, and Supplement Appendix B. 

At those Examinations, seventy-one Students entered for the Eirst Year’s class, 
of whom thirty-nine were Students admitted in last year to commence their courses 
for University Degrees, whilst of the Students that had previously been in the 
College, 100 presented themselves to resume their studies, making a total number of 
Matriculated Students of 139. Of the 100 Students above referred to, sixty-eight were 
those who, having been promoted after examination at the close of the previous Session, 
entered upon the higher classes of the . senior years in proper order ; whilst thirty-two were 
Students, who not having been promoted at the Sessional Examinations, were, thereby, 
disqualified from joining a higher class, and were, therefore, obliged to re-enter the class 
of the first year, and proceed again with the more elementary studies. The number of 
Matriculated Students in the class of the First Year, for the Session of 1856-57, was, 
therefore, seventy-one. 

As it will be seen from my Report of the Session of 1855-56, that the class of First 
Year’s Matriculated Students of that year consisted of sixty-nine, the fact of thirty-two 
of those not being promoted at the end of the Session to Second Year’s rank, a pro- 
portion sensibly greater than that usually found in previous years, might appear 
to indicate, either that the conditions for sessional promotion were too strict, or the 
Sessional Examinations too difficult, or else that those Students had been originally 
admitted into the College, with an amount of school preparation insufficient to. enable 
them to proceed with the course of superior instruction, which the plan of institutions 
such as the Queen’s College must embrace. The rules as to qualifying for sessional pro- 
motion by regularity of attendance upon lectures and by the sessional examinations, 
having been prepared by the Professors and the College Council, it may be assumed that 
those conditions have not been rendered unsuitably difficult to comply with, and it there- 
fore would appear that the reason for only about one-half of the first year’s class of the 
Session 1855-56, having qualified themselves to proceed with the Senior Classes, of the 
following Session, must be found, after allowing for all such causes as naturally diminish 
in a certain degree, the numbers of each class as it advances from year to year, in the fact, 
which has been often observed on by the Examining Professors, that notwithstanding the 
exertions of the highly meritorious gentlemen who generally conduct the preparatory 
schools, especially in this locality, many Students present themselves for entrance less 
perfectly prepared, at least in certain subjects, than from their usual age might be expected, 
and certainly than is desirable for the objects of their subsequent 1 Collegiate career.- 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



I have taken occasion more than once already in my Official Reports and otherwise to 
call public attention to this fact, which seriously limits the useful exertions of the Profes- 
sors and materially impedes the successful progress of the Queen’s Colleges. Under these 
circumstances, I would anticipate that the means of securing a higher standard of minimum 
qualification at entrance, by suitable arrangements for School Instruction, and for the 
Matriculation Examination, will obtain from the College Council and Professors in the 
coming Session, the careful consideration which the subject so well deserves. 

In addition to the 139 Matriculated Students as above described, there also entered as 
Non-matriculated Students to attend the Lectures of individual Professors, twenty-five 
Students, cluefly in the Engineering, Agricultural, and Medical Departments. 

The total number of Students attending the College in the Session 1856-57 was 
therefore 164. 

The precise distribution of those Students according to their standing by years of study 
in the. College is shown in the following table, in which also is given, for facility of 
reference, the numbers similarly returned as attending in the previous Session, 1855-56. 

Courses or Studv. 



| 1855-56. 

Number of Matriculated Students — First Year, 



„ ,, Second Year, . . 1 



„ „ Third Year, . . | 



« „ Fourth Year, . 



Total number of Matriculated Students, .... 



Number of Won-Matriculated Students, .... 



Total number, .... 



Of the 164 Students who were in attendance upon the College Lectures in the Session 
1856-57, the distribution as to Faculties and Courses of Study for Degrees and Diplomas 
was as follows : — 

In the Faculty of Arts, 

» Faculty of Medicine, 

„ Faculty of law, 

„ Course of Engineering, 

„ Course of Agriculture, 

Matriculated. Noil-Matriculated. Total. 
.49 . 3 . 52 

.48 .14 . 62 

. 6 6 
.38 . 5 . 43 

. 7 . 3 . 10 

Total, ... 148 . 25 . 173 

Ilie excess of nine in the above number, 148, over the number 139, given previously 
as the total number of Matriculated Students, arises from some having entered as attending 
simultaneously more than one Faculty or Course of Study for Degrees ; the precise numbers 
so circumstanced were as follows : — 

Attending Arts and Medicine, . . .5 

„ Arts and Law, . . . 1 

„ Arts and Engineering, . . .1 

„ Arts and Agriculture, . . .1 

„ Engineering and Agriculture, . . 1 

Total, . . 9 

In regard to the ages of students, the following summary will suffice. 
Of the 139 Matriculated Students there were — 

Under 16 years of age, . . .12 

From 16 to 17 years of age, . .17 

From 17 to 18 „ . . 27 

From 18 to 19 „ . 15 

From 19 to 20 „ . 23 

From 20 to 21 „ . . 15 

Above 21 „ . 30 


In the several departments of study, the average ages of Students were — 

In the Faculty of Art8, . .18 

„ Faculty of Law, . . 20 

„ Faculty of Medicine, . . 20^ 

„ Course of Agriculture, . . 17 

„ Course of Engineering, . 18 

The average age of all Students at entrance was found to be 17£ years. 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



Ihe ExammaUons for Scholarships and for Sessional Promotion liave been carried on 
under the direction of the .College Council as described In preceding Eenorts and the 
number and classification of the Scholarships awarded in the Session of 185G-57 were as 
follows : — 

Of the Thirty Junior Scholarships m the Faculty of Arts, twenty-four -were awarded 

Of the seven Senior Scholarships in the Faculty of Arts, four were awarded 

Of the Six Junior Scholarships in the Faculty of Medicine, all were awarded. 

Of the Two Senior Scholarships in the Faculty of Medicine, both were awarded 

Of the Four Scholarships in the Faculty of Law, two were awarded. 

Of the Two Scholarships in the Department of Engineering, both were awarded. 

Of the Four Scholarships in the Department of Agriculture, all were awarded. 

The Examinations for those Scholarships were conducted principally by printed papers 
but in some portions viva voce. The subjects of each Course will be found prescribed in 
the College Prospectus, Appendix A, and the principal Papers of Questions will be found 
annexed, forming Appendix C. 

The Examinations for Sessional Promotion were conducted at the close of the Session in 
the usual manner, and with the following results : — 

Lx the Faculty of Arts — of twenty-seven Students of the first year, ten were promoted 
to second year’s rank. 

Of nine Students of the second year, eight were promoted to third year’s rank. 

Of nine Students of the third year, all were promoted to fourth year’s rank and 
recommended for Degrees. 

In the Departments of Engineering and Agriculture — of thirty-four Students of the first 
yeai*, twelve were promoted to second year’s rank. 

Of eleven Students of the second year, four were promoted on completion of their 

In the Faculty of Law — of six Students five were promoted. 

In the Faculty of Medicine, Collegiate Sessional Promotion is not necessary for the 
Queen’s University or the Medical Colleges; and therefore only such Medical Students 
present themselves for Sessional Examination^ are candidates for Medical Scholarships or 
Prizes in the College. "With them, therefore, nothing similar to the class promotion in 
the other Faculties takes place. 

The general result of the Sessional Examinations, therefore, was as follows: — 

In the Faculty of Arte, 

„ Faculty of Law, 

„ Course of Engineering, . 

„ Course of Agriculture, . 

. 27 
. 5 
. 15 
. 1 

Not Promoted. Total. 

22 . 49 

1 . 6 

23 . 38 

6 . 7 

Totals, ■ . • 48 52 100 

Faculty of Medicine where there is no Collegiate promotion, ... 48 

Total Matriculated Students, 148 

The considerable proportion of the First Year’s Students in Arts who were not promoted 
illustrates here also, for the Session 1856-57, what I had in a former portion of this Report 
stated regarding the corresponding class of the Session 1855-56, and the importance of 
endeavouringto secure a greater amount of preparation of Students iix the Secondary Schools. 
However, the reports of the Professors having indicated a very creditable proficiency on the 
part of those Students who were promoted, and very superior merit in many instances, the 
results of those Examinations were considered by the College Council to be, upon the 
whole, highly satisfactory, and Prizes were adjudged to the Students who had most dis- 
tinguished themselves in the several departments of study. The Examinations were con- 
ducted partly viva voce, and partly by printed papers, similarly as for the Scholarship 
Examinations. A selection of the Papers of Questions is given in Appendix D, and the 
names of the Prizemen, together with the proceedings _ of the public meeting of the 
College at which the prizes were conferred, will be found in Appendix E. 

The Students of the third and fourth years, who had completed tlieir studies for 
Degrees in Arts and in Medicine, were recommended in the usual manner to the Senate 
of the Queen’s University for admission to the Examination for Degrees. Lists of those 
Students of Queen’s College, Cork, who presented themselves for Examination, and 
obtained Degrees, and also of the University Honors obtained by those Students at the 
Degree Examination, are given in Appendix F. 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



I have to report that the several courses of instruction in the special departments of 
Science and Literature have been carried on by the Professors with their accustomed zeal, 
ability, and diligence ; and I have found, on the part of the Professors generally, and of 
the College Council, satisfactory co-operation in carrying out the various arrangements 
necessary to secure the full efficiency of the Institution. 

As regards the special occupation of Professors with the Courses of Instruction for 
University Diplomas and Degrees, there were engaged — 

In the Courses for the Degrees of Bachelor and Master of Arts, ten Professors, of whom 
five were occupied with Scientific, and five with Literary Courses. 

The Courses for the Degree of Doctor of Medicine have occupied nine Professors, and 
the Demonstrator of Anatomy. 

The Courses in the Faculty of Law for the Diploma of Elementary Law, and for the 
Decrees of Bachelor and Doctor of Laws, have occupied three Professors. 

In the Course for the Diploma of Civil Engineering there are occupied five Professors. 

And, in the Course for the Diploma of Agriculture there are occupied five Professors. 

The total number of Classes, and the number of Lectures delivered weekly in each; 
the total number of Lectures delivered in the Session by each Professor; and the number 
of Students attending in each Class, will be seen from the following table : — • 







Co tIlU 












in the 





Greek Language, 




Civil Engineering, . 




Latin Language, 








English Language and Li- 

Anatomy and Physiology, 








Practical Anatomy, . 




French Language, . 








Celtic Languages, . 




Practice of Medicine, 




Mathematics, . 




Materia Medica, 




Natural Philosophy, 




Medical Jurisprudence, . 












Practical Chemistry, 




English Law, . 




Zoology and Botany, 




Civil Law, 




Geology and Mineralogy, . 




Political Economy, . 




Logic, .... 




Physical Geography, 




Metaphysics, . 




The instructions given in the above Classes were, in many cases, very usefully sup- 
plemented by special means of illustration : thus, by means of Excursions and Herbori- 
zations, conducted by the Professors of Natural History and of Geology; by field instruc- 
tion of the Class of Engineering, in the Use of Instruments and Surveying Operations, 
conducted by the Professor, who, moreover, devoted considerable time to the personal 
superintendence of that Class in the Drawing School. The Students of Agriculture were 
from time to time brought by the Professor to examine the best conducted farms in the 
neighbourhood, including that belonging to the National Board of Education. Further 
details will be found as to the special methods of instruction in each Class, and of the 
range of subjects which the Courses embraced, in the Official Reports made to the Pre- 
sident in compliance with the official request addressed to them, and given in Appendix 
G, annexed. 

In regard to two departments, in which no Report is made by the Professor of the 
department, I have the honour to observe : 

The Professor of English Literature and History, the Rev. Mr. Darley, became, at the 
commencement of the Session, so seriously affected in his health, that the College was 
deprived of his valuable services. As it was hoped that his illness should, however, be 
but temporary, the College Council allowed Professors DeVericour and Read, who 
kindly volunteered to act for Professor Darley during his illness, to deliver the several 
courses of Lectures belonging to that department. The Reports in Appendix G, for that 
branch, are therefore given by Professors De Vericour and Read, on the part of the Rev. 
Mr. Darley; and I feel it my duty to add, that the severe additional duties which those 
gentlemen had so kindly undertaken were discharged by them with the same efficiency 
which has always distinguished them in their own departments, and which has been so 
fully satisfactory to the College Council. I regret to have to add that Professor Parley’s 
state of health not allowing Mm to resume his duties, he resigned his office at the com- 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 


mencement of the present Session, and has been succeeded by Mr. Rushton, as will be 
further referred to m next Report. 

In the department of Natural History (Zoology and Botany) no Report is given, the 
Professoi, Mr. William Smith, having died shortly after the termination of the Session, 
and before the period for giving m his Report, I feel it my duty to express the sense 
which, in common with the entire Collegiate body, I have felt of the great loss sustained 
by the College and by education in Mr. Smith’s premature death. From his appoint- 
ment to the Professorship he had applied himself not merely to the duties of his chair 
but to the organization of the Museum of Natural History, -with an excess of zeal which' 
acting upon a constitution already exhausted by laborious scientific research, contributed 
but too surely to the fatal result. His amiability of mind and kindness of manner, his 
soundness of judgment and his readiness of co-operation for the service of his colleao-ues 
or oi the College, will long preserve in the recollection of all who were associated with 
him sincere respect for Iris memory, and regret for his loss. 

In regard to the attendance of the Students upon the Lectures of the Professors a 
satisfactory degree of diligence was observed. Some instances in which the Professors 
had. occasion to remark, will be found noticed in their Reports, and the subject 17111 be 
again adverted to in this Report in reference to the general state of discipline. 


Since the date of my last Report considerable additions have been made to the Libraries 
and to the Museums, and their several departments have been rendered more efficient for 
practical instruction. By the conjoint exertions of the Curator of the Museum, Pro- 
fessor Harkness, and of the late Professor of Natural History, the arrangement and classi- 
fication of the Natural History Museum has been rendered very complete, considering the 
limited resources available to that object. In regard to what has been effected in those 
departments, and to their present state, the special Reports of the Librarian, Mr. 
O’Keefe, and of the Curator of the Museum, which are annexed, forming Appendixes H 
and I, will be found to afford detailed explanations. 

The Museum of Classical Art and Archaeology, which is being formed under the 
special suggestion and care of Mr. Lewis, Professor of Latin, has been enriched by a 
collection of finely-executed electrotype copies of the most interesting Grecian, Roman, 
and other Gems, Medals, and Coins. There has also been obtained, under the advice of 
Professor Lewis, an extensive series of Casts, in plaster, of Bas Reliefs and other objects 
of Classical Art, made from the collections in the British Museum by permission of the 
Trustees, the special objects copied being selected, and the copying executed under the 
superintendence of Mr. G. Scharf. 

I feel it my duty again to refer to a subject which I had endeavoured, in my last 
Report, to represent as lu-gently requiring attention, viz., the total insufficiency of the 
present accommodation for the Medical Faculty. On this account, the Medical Museums 
have to be deposited, without classification or arrangement, in the room belonging to the 
Professors of the Faculty of Law, leaving those gentlemen thereby without any Lecture- 
room. The evils arising from this insufficiency of accommodation have already been so 
strongly urged that I need now only declare that the want, so injurious to the prospects 
of the Medical School, still continues to exist. I have had similarly to explain, in my ■ 
last Report, the necessity for providing a Conservatory or Hot-house for the Botanic 
Garden, by which the Botanical Lecturer might be supplied with such forms of vegetation 
as are necessary for proper illustration of his Lectures, but which are incapable of bearing 
the winters of this climate without protection : I beg to renew this representation, and to 
urge the necessity for this indispensable aid towards the proper instruction in Natural 
History being supplied. 


In my last Report I gave the several accounts of the Income and Expenditure , of the 
College from all sources, from the date of its being first opened for public instruction, in 
1849, to the 31st March, 1856 ; and I have now the honour to annex, Appendix K, copies 
of the Bursar’s Account, as furnished for the year closing 31st March, 1857, and for 
the Sessional College year, October, 1856, to October, 1857. These Accounts are as 
follow : 5 

No. 1. Account of Receipt and Expenditure of Endowment under Queen’s Colleges’ 

Act of Parliament. 

No. 2. Account of Income and Expenditure 

of funds derivable from College and 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



Matriculation Fees, Fines, Rent of Robe-boxes, &c. These Fees having been reduced to 
an almost nominal amount, the sum received is small, and is administered exclusively bv 
the College Council, as required by the Statutes. The Account is kept, therefore"* not 
from 1st April to 31st March, as for the Government Account, but from October to 
October, including the Academic year. This distinction was not observed in printing 
the copy of the Account for the last seven years, which accompanied the Report of 
the Session 1855-56, last presented, which was stated as from March to March. That 
Account, therefore, when referred to should have the statement of date corrected and be 
marked like this — October to October for each year. 

No. 3. Account of Expenditure of the Parliamentary Grant for Fitments Books 
Apparatus, Laboratories, Botanic Garden, Heating, Lighting, Advertising, Printing, &c’ 
This account is given in full, in two forms, A & B, and for the three years which have 
elapsed since the Grant was first made. Form B, showing the distribution of expendi- 
ture of the total Grant for each year, under the several heads of service ; and also 
Form A, showing the proportion of Expenditure on account of each year’s Grant that 
actually took place between 1st April and 31st March in each year, the two forms of the 
account becoming, of course, identical as to final result in the last column of each. 


I have to report that, during the past year no Candidates proceeded from this College 
to compete for appointments in the Indian Civil Service, and but one Candidate pro- 
ceeded for the Examination at Woolwich for the Royal Engineers. This gentleman 
Mr. George William Johnson, who had very creditably prosecuted his studies in the 
Faculty of Arts in this College, and had obtained Honors, was successful in entering at 
Woolwich, although he had had no special preparation beyond the ordinary Cohere 
instruction : no special Classes or arrangements having been, up to that time, formed m 
this College for such purpose. On this subject, to which I had occasion to refer more 
than once in former Reports, I beg leave to observe : 

From the time when the College was first opened for public instruction, I endeavoured 
to attract attention to the great advantages which should accrue to the public service 
from the new system of Education being made available for the special instruction of 
Candidates for the several branches of Governmental employment, especially in the 
Indian and the Military services. With this object I communicated with the authorities 
of the India Board and of the Government, and was so successful in that regard, as that 
the Board of Directors of the India House presented to the College, as a mark of their 
sympathy with our objects, a valuable collection of books on the Indian Languages and 
Literature ; and the President of the Board of Control, on the recommendation of the 
Right Honourable the Earl of Clarendon, K.G., conferred upon the College the privilege 
of nominating a Student to a Writership in the Indian Civil Service, which nomination 
was decided by a Competitive Examination, held under the direction of the College 
Council, at which Mr. Moriarty was successful, and was accordingly appointed. This, 
which occurred before such appointments were thrown open to public competition, was 
actually the first introduction into the public Civil Service of the principle of Competitive 
Examirmtion, and was effected in this College, and at my instance. This circumstance 
will sufficiently prove that, from the outset, the adaptation of this College to such special 
Courses of Instruction for the Public Service was the object of my earnest wishes and 
exertions. J 

Similarly in regard to Military Education, I had considered that the special circum- 
stances of the Queen’s Colleges, and the fact of their direct connexion with, and respon- 
sibility to, your Majesty’s Government, should render those Institutions peculiarly adapted 
*? r up the class destined for the Military service of the Crown : the more so as 

the habits of thought and action, and systems of ideas proper to a Military career, should 
associate themselves more suitably with Instruction imparted and directed under arrange- 
ments such as those of the Queen’s Colleges and University, than with the systems of the 
older Universities. . With this view I made every exertion in my power to press forward 
the establishment, in this College, of Classes for preparing Candidates for the Woolwich 
Examination. I communicated with the persons whom I believed best able to advise 
upon the subject, and with the kind advice and co-operation of Major-General Portlock, 
Tv n u °* ^eutenant-Colonel Beamish, K.H., there was obtained for the Library of 
this LoJIege, a Collection of Books on the Military Sciences, and on the subjects connected 
therewith, such that, as I believe, a Military Student should thei-ein find more abundant 
and better sources of instruction in his profession, so far as books are -concerned, than in 
any other Educational Institution in Ireland. 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 


It was found, however, very difflcutt to proceed to the establishment of Special Courses 
of Instruction, as the time of the Professors who should deliver such Courses was already 
very fully occupied by their ordinary duties, and there was some danger, if more were 
attempted, that the proper system of General Instruction in the College mi«ht he inter, 
fered with or disarranged. It was also said that the necessity for Special Closes for such 
instruction had been rather over-estimated, for it was ascertained that, by attending with 
proper care, the Courses actually given by the Professors, Students might perfectly qualify 
themselves for all that the Examinations for the Indian Civil Service, and for Woolwich 
required. I his was apparently proved, by the success, almost without exception, of those 
Candidates who proceeded from this College, and of whom I have had occasion to make 
honourable mention in previous Reports ; and this not merely in the case of gentlemen 
who had been distinguished for superior ability in this College, but also of others, who 
had not ranked high among our Students, although their acquirements were still sufficient 
to secure them success in the Competitive Examinations. It was, therefore, considered 
sufficient by the College Council to call attention, by means of a Special Prospectus, to 
the several Courses of Instruction delivered in the College, attendance on which should 
most assist the progress of Candidates for the Public Service. A Supplemental Prospectus, 
containing such information, was annexed to the Official Programme of the College 
arrangements, a copy of which is hereto annexed, forming Appendix B. 

It still, however,, appeared, that considerable importance was popularly attributed to 
the fact that Special Schools or Classes for preparing Candidates for the Competitive 
Examinations had been established in other Educational Institutions, and the fact of no 
such Classes being formally organized in Queen’s College, Cork, was commented on. I, 
therefore, again brought the subject under the notice of the College Council, in October, 
1856, and obtained the formation of a Committee to consider the subject. That Com- 
mittee has prepared a Report, founded on a very full consideration of the circum- 
stances, which having been adopted by the College Council, the arrangements therein 
proposed are now being carried into effect, and I hope they will be found satisfactory in 
practice. A special notification of these arrangements has now been prepared for publi- 
cation ; a copy of which, and also a copy of the Report of the Committee, as adopted by 
the College Council, is annexed, forming Appendix L. 


I have much pleasure in reporting, that dui’ing the past year the Students of this 
College have been characterized generally by the same good conduct ivhich had distin- 
guished them in former years, and on which it had been my agreeable duly to remark 
in previous Reports. Such minor violations of the rules of discipline as took place were 
met by advice or reprimand from the Yice-President, as the Officer specially charged by 
the Statutes with the enforcement of discipline ; and one graver case that occurred, as 
described in Appendix M 3, having been brought under the consideration of the College 
Council ; the offender was suitably punished by a sentence of rustication from tbe College 
for the Academic Session. 

The Special Report of the Yice-President on the state of discipline in the College, is 
hereto annexed, Appendix M, No. 2 ; and also a Return, showing the number of cases of 
Breach of Discipline brought before the College Council dining the Session, the nature of 
the offence and the kind of punishment, forming Appendix M 3. 

In the Vice-President’s Report, referred to above, allusion is made to certain objections, 
on the part of some of the Professors, to the existing Rules of Discipline, and the for- 
mation of a Committee of Discipline is announced, the Report of which the Yice- 
President describes as being under the consideration of the College Council. I have the 
honour to add, that that Report on Discipline has been communicated to the Commis- 
sioners appointed by your Majesty to examine into the state of the Queen’s Colleges ; and 
that, pending the appearance of the Commissioners’ Report, the College Council thought 
it more expedient to suspend any action on its recommendation. A copy of the Report 
is annexed for fuller information, forming Appendix M 4 ; and also a copy of the Rules 
of Discipline now in force, forming Appendix M 5 & 6. 

The moral and religious conduct of the Students has been, during the past year, as I 
have every reason to believe, perfectly satisfactory. The list of the Licensed Boarding- 
houses, and the Rules to which they are subjected, are annexed, Appendix M 7 ; and in 
regard to the Reports of the several Deans of Residences, I have to observe that the 
peculiar circumstances of the College prevent the Roman Catholic Dean from making any 
Report : the resignation of the Rev. Louis Perrin, late Dean of Residences for the 
Established Church, has prevented my being favoured with his Report ; the Report of 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



the Independent Dean has not been yet received ; and I have the honour to annex th 
Report of the Rev. Dr. M'Afee, the Wesleyan Dean, and of the Rev. Dr. Magill the Pre 6 
byterian Dean of Residences, forming Appendix M 8 & 9. 

In regard to the relative proportions of the several Religious Denominations among th 
Students, I beg leave to report, that, of the 139 Matriculated Students who attended the 
College during the last Session (1856-57), there were 

Roman Catholics, 

. . . 61, or 

. 43-9 

Church of England, . 

. 60, or 

. 43-2 


. . . 9, or 

. 6-5 

Presbyterians, . 

. . . 5, or 

. 3-6 

Independents, . 

. . . 1 , or 

. -7 


• . . 1 , or 

. -7 

Other Dissenters, 

■ . . 2, or . 

. 1-4 




Your Majesty having appointed a Commission to inquire into the condition and progress 
of the Queen’s Colleges, the Commissioners visited this College, on Tuesday, March 9 
1857, and entered on the Inquiry. The several Professors and Officers of the College 
were in attendance, and were examined. The Inquiry continued from Tuesday 9th 
to Saturday, 13th, inclusive, when the proceedings of the Commission at the College 
terminated. 8 

Queen’s College, Cork, 

January 4th, 1858, 




Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 




Appendix A 

General Regulations of College. — List of Officers. — Programme of Courses for Matriculation Genera 
and Scholarships in the several Faculties. — Arrangements of Hours of Lecture. — Fees, &c. ooUege^Tc ° f 

Queen’s University in Ireland — Queen’s 
College, Cork. 

Faculties of Arts, Medicine, and Law. — Session 1856-57. 
President — Sir Robert Kane, F.R.S., m.r.i.a. 
Vice-President — John Ryall, ll.d. 


The Cheek Language, . . 
The Latin Language, . . 
History § Eng. Literature, 
Modern Languages, . . 
Celtic Languages, . . . 
Logic and Metaphysics, . 
Mathematics, .... 
Natural Philosophy, . . 


Natural History, . . . 
Geology and Mineralogy, . 



Anatomy and Physiology , . 
Practice of Medicine, . . 
Practice of Surgery, . . 
Materia Medica , . . . 


English Law, .... 
Jurisp. Sf Political Economy. 

John Ryall, ll.d. 

Bunnell Lewis, a.m. 

Rev. Chas. F. Darley, a.m. 
Rayrad. de Vericour, d. es. l. 
Owen Connellan, Esq. 
George Sidney Read, a.m. 
George Boole, ll.d. 

J. England, a.m. 

John Blyth, m.d. 

W. Smith, F.L.S. 

Robt. Harkness, f.r.s.l. and 
e., f.g.s. 

Alexander Jack, a.h. 
Edmund Murphy, A.B. 

J. II. Corbett, m.d., l.r.o.s.i. 
Denis C. O’Connor, a.b., m.d. 
Denis B. Bullon, m.d. 
Alexander Fleming, m.d. 
Joshua R. Harvey, a.b., m.d. 
Michael Barry, m.r.i.a. 
Richard Horner Mills, a.m. 

Curator of the Museum, 
Registrar, .... 


Librarian, . . . . 

Robert John Kenny, Esq. 
Edward M. Fitzgerald, Esq. 
Matthias O’Keeffe, a.m. 

The College Session, 1856-57. 

The First Term, will commence on the 21st of Octo- 
ber, 1856, and end on the 20th of December. 

The Second Term will commence on the 5th of Janu- 
ary, 1857, and end on the 4th of April. 

The Third Term will commence on the 21st of April, 
1857, and end with the Session, on the 13th of June. 

Subjects of the Matriculation Examinations. 

For the Faculties of Arts, Medicine, and Law. 
English : 


Greek : 

Xenophon — First Book of the Anabasis ; Grammar. 

Latin : 

Virgil — First Book of the JEneid. ,.,-.1 .. * 

Latin Prose — Re-translation from English into Latin oi 
short sentences from Csesar, Gallic War, Book I. 

Mathematics : 

Arithmetic — Principles of Notation. Vulgar and Decimal 
Fractions, with the reasons of the different rules. The 
Rule of 'Proportion, with its commercial applications, 
including Simple Interest. 

Euclid — Book I. 

For the Department of Civil Engineering. 

The outlines of Modem Geography : Grammar. 

Mathematics — Arithmetic, Principles of Notation, Vulgar 
and Decimal Fractions, with the reasons of the different 
rules. Rule of Proportion, with its commercial applica- 
tions ; Extraction of the Square Root, both of whole 
numbers and decimals. 

Algebra — Explanation of the signs and meaning of an 
Index, calculation of the value of Algebraic expressions, 
when particular values are given to the letters which 
they involve. . 

Euclid — Books I., II., HI., IV., and V., with the defini- 
tions of Book V. 

For the Department of Agriculture. 

The English Language : 

Grammar and Composition. 

Mathematics : 

First Four Rules of Arithmetic. Proportion. Vulgar and 
Decimal Fractions. Extraction of the Square Root. 
Modern Geography : 

Matriculated Students. 

Persons intending to become Matriculated Students 
of the College, in any of the Faculties or Departments 
of Faculty, are required to pass the Matriculation Exa- 
mination, whereby they are declared competent to 
pursue the course of study prescribed to Students in 
that Faculty or Department of Faculty, and, on com- 
pleting this course, are entitled to become Candidates 
for the Degrees or Diplomas granted by the Queen’s 
University in Ireland. 

The Examinations for the Matriculation of Students 
in the several Faculties and Departments of Faculty, will 
commence at Ten o’clock, on Tuesday, the 21st of October, 

Candidates for Matriculation are required to forward 
their names to the Registrar of the College, and to state 
the Faculty or Department of Faculty for which they 
propose to Matriculate, at least three days before the 
commencement of the Matriculation Examinations. 

Each Candidate, before being submitted to the Matri- 
culation Examination, is required to pay to the Bursar 
of the College, the Matriculation and College Fees for 
the year, amounting together to 10s. for each Faculty 
or Department of Faculty. Th ese fees will be returned 
to such Candidates as • may fail in passing the Matricu- 
lation Examination. 

After passing the Matriculation Examination, and 
before joining the several classes, each Student of the 
Literary and Science Divisions of the Faculty of Arts 
is required to pay to the Bursar of the College the sum 
of M 15a, being a moiety of the Class Fees for the Ses- 
sion. The remaining moiety will he required on or 
before the 20th of December, 1856. 

Students of the Faculties of Medicine and. Law, and 
of the Departments of Engineering and Agricultnre in 
the Faculty of Arts, are required to pay on Matricula- 
tion the whole of the Fees of the Classes for which they 
enter. See Table of Class Fees, page 18. 

Junior Scholars are exempt from the payment of more 
than one moiety of the Class Fees for the Session. 

Matriculated Students are required to wear an acade- 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



Appendix A. In May and June are lield General Examinations in 

the subjects lectured upon during the Session ; and a 

General sum 0 f One Hundred Pounds is awarded in Prizes to 
S 1 Ke t Te. 0f tbe most distinguished Students. . 

’ Students who have pursued part of their studies m 

any one of the Queen’s Colleges, or in any University 
capable of granting Degrees in the several Faculties ot 
Arts, Law, and Medicine, are permitted, on passing 
the prescribed Examinations, to tahe corresponding 
rank in this College, and also to compete for Scholar- 
ships of the corresponding year; provided they shall not 
hold at the same time a Scholarship or other office of 
emolument in any University, or College of a Univer- 

Degrees of Arts. 

Students intending to take the degree of A.B. in the 
Queen’s University, must, on entering the College, pass a 
Matriculatiou Examination, for which see pa<m 11. 

The Undergraduate Course for the degree of A.B. 
occupies three Sessions, at the end of which Students 
are admitted to examination for the degree of A.B. 
from the Queen’s University in Ireland, provided they 
have attended the College lectures for at least two full 
terms in each Session, have passed the prescribed 
College examinations, and are recommended by the 
President of the College for promotion to the degree. 

Course of Study for the Degree of A.B. 

Noe-Matriculated Students. 

Gentlemen who do not propose, or are not prepared 
to Matriculate, but who wish to avail themselves in 
other respects of the advantages offered by the College, 
are permitted to attend the Professors’ Lectures, without 
passing any of the Examinations, on paying to the 
Bursar the regulated College and Class Fees, amounting 
generally to £2 5s. for each course ; but they cannot 
become Candidates for Scholarships or Prizes, or enjoy 
the other privileges of Matriculated Students. They are, 
however, entitled to the use of the Library, on subscrib- 
ing the Library Regulations, and paying a fee of 15s. 
for each Session ; and the Professors are authorized to 
recommend to the Couucil to grant Certificates of 
Honor to the most distinguished of them in their 
respective Classes. 

East India Civil Service. 


The Greek Language, . Three Terms, See Appendix, 19 
The Latin Language, . Three Terms, „ 19 

The English Language, . One Term, „ 19 

The Modern Languages, Tliree Terms, ,, 19 

Mathematics, . . Three Terms, ,, 19 


Logie, . . - One Term, ,, 

Chemistry, . . Tliree Terms, „ 

Principles of Zoology and 
Botany, . . Three Terms, ,, 

The Higher Mathem atics ; 5 
Or — The Greek and Latin > Three Terms, ,, 
Languages, . . j 







Natural Philosophy. . Three Terms, 
History &Eng. Literature, Two Terms, 
Physical Geography, . One Term, 
Metaphysics, . . ) Two Terms, 

Or, Jurisprudence and Po- !- each 
litical Economy, . ) One Term, 





The attention of parents and guardians is directed to 
the new arrangements for the East India Civil Service, 
according to which Writerships are open to competition 
at Examinations prescribed by the Board of Control. 
The courses of Lectures in the Queen’s College, Cork, 
are well adapted to prepare Candidates for this Exami- 
nation, which includes the following branches of know- 
ledge, their relative importance being indicated by the 
annexed scale of marks. 

English Language and Literature : 

Composition, ..... 500 
English Literature and History, including that 
of the Laws and Constitution, . .1,000 


Language, Literature, and History of Greece, 750 
„ „ ,, Rome, . 750 

„ „ „ France, 375 

Germany, 375 

„ ,, „ Italy, . 375 

Mathematics, pure and mixed, . . .1,000 

Natural Science — that is, Chemistry, Electricity, 
and Magnetism, Natural History, Geology, 
and Mineralogy, . . . ' . 500 

Moral Sciences — that is. Logic, Mental, Moral, 
and Political Philosophy, . . . 500 

Sanscrit Language and Literature, . .375 

Arabic Language and Literature, . .375 


Library and Museum. 

The Library and Museum are open, under certain 
regulations, to all tlie Students. 

Faculty of Arts. 


The Lectures of the several Professors in this Faculty, 
will commence on Monday, the 27th of October, 1856. 
The lectures, however, on the “ English Language,” and 
“Logic," will not be delivered till the commencement 
of the Second Term. 

Course of Study far the Degree of A.M. 

A Candidate may proceed to obtain his Master’s 
Degree by examination in any one of tbe four following 
courses of study, viz. : — 

1. — -Classics, which shall bo considered as includ- 

The Greek and Latin Classic Authors ; Prose Composition 
in Greek, Latin, and English ; a Modern Foreign Lan- 

2. — English Philology and Criticism : Logic : Meta- 
physics, or (in place of Motapliyaics at the election of 
the Candidate) Political Economy and Jurisprudence. 

3. — Mathematical and Physical Science, which 
shall be considered as including tbe following sub- 
jects : — 

Algebra, including tlio Theory of Equations. 

Analytical Geometry. Trigonometry, Plane and Sphe- 
rical. . .. * 

The Differential and Integral Calculus, Differential 
Equations, Theory of Probabilities. 

Statics and Dynamics, Hydrostatics, Hydraulics ana 
Pneumatics, Optics, Heat, Electricity and Magnet- 
ism, Plane and Physical Astronomy. 

4 Experimental and Natural Sciences, which 

shall be considered as including tbe following sub- 
jects : — 

Experimental Physics. 

Laws of Chemical Constitution and Combination. 

General Properties and Preparation of Organic and Inor- 
' ganic Bodies. , , 

Structure, Functions, and Classification of Animals ana 

Zoological and Botanical Geography. . 

Elements of General Geology and Paleontology, of Physi- 
cal Geography and of Crystallography, and Mineralogy.^ 
Every candidate must be a Bachelor of Arts of th# 1 
Queen’s University, and must have attended in one ol 
the Queen’s Colleges for at least Two Terms, subsequen 
to his having received the Bachelors’ Degree, a course 
of lectures on some one of the subjects of the course » 
study which ho may have selected to proceed in for us 


Diploma in Engineering. 

Engineering Students arc required to pass a Matricu- 
lation Examination, (for which see page 11), and pursu 
the following courses of study, during at least two yeaa • 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 




Mathematics, .... Three Terms. 

Chemistry, .... Do. 

Mineralogy, Geology, & Physical Geography, Do. 

Drawing, . ..." Do. 

Descrip. Geometry, Surveying, & Mapping,* Do. 


Mathematics, .... Three Terms. 

Natural Philosophy, . . . Do. 

Motive Powers, Construction, and Theory 
of Machines, . . . Do. 

Drawing, .... Do. 

Civil Engineering, including the Principles 
of Architecture, an d Engin eering Einan ce, Do. 

Students who shall have completed the above course 
of study, and been engaged during at least two years (of 
which not more than one shall be contemporaneous with 
their College Course) in acquiring a practical knowledge 
of Engineering in all its branches, and of the Construc- 
tion of Buildings used for public and domestic purposes, 
under the direction of an engineer recognized by the 
College Council, will be admitted to examination for 
the diploma of Civil Engineering. 

Bachelors of Arts of the Queen’s University are 
allowed to take rank as Second Year’s Students of 
Engineering, and to proceed for the diploma as such, 
provided they shall, in the subsequent period of their 
engineering studies, have attended the full courses of 
instruction in Drawing, Mapping, Surveying, and all 
other subjects, collegiate and practical, now required by 
the Ordinances, but not previously attended or included 
in their A.B. Course. 

Diploma, in Agriculture. 

Candidates for this Diploma are required to pass a 
Matriculation Examination (for which see page 11), and 
afterwards pursue the following 

Course of Study for the Diploma in Agriculture. 


Natural Philosophy, , . . Three Terms. 

Chemistry, . ... Do. 

Principles of Zoology and Botany, . Do. 

Theory of Agriculture, . . Do. 


Mineralogy, Geology, and Physical 
Geography, . . . Three Terms. 

Surveying and Mapping,* and Farm 
Architecture, . . . Do. 

History and Diseases of Farm Animals, Do. 

Practice of Agriculture, including Farm 
Finance and Accounts, . . Do. 

Students who shall have passed through the above 
course, and also attended, during twelve months, the 
practical working of a farm, under the direction of an 
agriculturist approved by the College Council, will he 
admitted to examination for the Diploma in Agriculture. 

Students intending to qualify themselves for the 
management of Estates, or of extensive Farms, are 
recommended to attend also Sessional Courses of In- 
struction in : — 

1st. The Daw of Landlord and Tenant, and the Elements of 

2nd. Elements of Political Economy and Statistics, as 
applied to Agriculture and Farm Finance. 

Faculty of Medicine. 

Leotures, & o . 

The Medical Session will he opened on Friday, 31st 
October, 1856, at Two o’clock, by an address from the 
Dean, and the Courses of Lectures will commence as 

Anatomy and Physiology — Monday, 3rd November, Appendix A. 

at One o’clock, to he continued daily, except on Satur- 

days, at the same hour. General 

r«iOT!OE u, Mhdioisb Monday, Sri Kovember, at 
Three o clock, to be continued on Mondays, Wednes- S 
days, and Fridays, at the same hour. 

Practice of Surgery — Tuesday, 4th November, at 
Three o’clock, to be continued on Tuesdays, Thursdays, 
and Saturdays, at the same hour. 
t Materia Medica — Tuesday, 4th November, at Two 
o’clock, to he continued on Tuesdays, Thursdays, and 
Fridays, at the same hour. 

Midwifery — Monday, SrdNovemher, at Four o’clock, 
to be continued on Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays, 
at the same hour. 

The Course of Practical Anatomy will be conducted 
by the Professor of Anatomy and Physiology, assisted 
by a Demonstrator. 

The Department will he opened for Dissections on 
the 6th October. 

The Anatomical Demonstrations will commence on 
4th November, and be continued daily at Twelve o’clock, 
except Saturdays. 

Chemistry — Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. 

Practical Chemistry — Monday, Tuesday, Wednes- 
day, and Thursday. 

Natural History and Botant — Monday, Wednes- 
day, and Friday. 

Natural Philosophy — Tuesday, Thursday, and 

Medioal Jurisprudence — Tuesday, Thursday, and 

Modern Languages — Monday, Wednesday, and Fri- 

Degrees in Medicine. 

Ordinance of the Senate of the Queen's University in Ire- 
land, regarding the Qualification and Examination for 
the Degree of M.D. 

1st. — Every Candidate for the Degree of M.D. shall 
produce a certificate from the Council of one of the 
Queen’s Colleges, that he has passed a full examination 
in the subjects of study prescribed in the Course of 
Matriculation for Arts, and has been admitted a Matri- 
culated Student of the College in the Faculty of Medi- 

2nd. — The Curriculum shall extend over a period of 
at least four years, and shall he divided into two periods 
of at least two years each. 

3rd. — The first period shall comprise attendance on 
the following Courses of Medical Lectures : — 

Chemistry — Six Months, at least Three Leotures each 

Botany and Zoology — Six Months, Three Lectures each 
Week, with Herborizations for practical study. 

Anatomy and Physiology— Six Months, Five Lectures 
each Week. 

Practical Anatomy — Six Months. 

Materia Medica and Pharmacy — Six Months, Three Lec- 
tures each Week. 

4th — The second period shall comprise attendance on 
the following Courses of Medical Lectures : — 

Anatomy and Physiology— Six Months, Five Lectures 
each Week. 

Practical Anatomy — Six Months. 

Theory and Practice of Surgery— Six Months, Three 
Lectures each Week. 

Midwifery and Diseases of Women and Children— Six 
Months, Three Lectures each Week. 

Theory and Practice of Medicine— Six Months, Three 
Lectures each Week. 

Medical 'Jurisprudence — Three Months, Three Lectures 
each Week.* 

* Note I The Instructions in Mapping and Surveying 

required in the courses for diplomas in Engineering and Agri- 
culture, include regular Practical Exercises and Observations 
in the Field, with the use of instruments, continued through- 
out the Session. . , 

II.— The drawing required by the above curriculum is 
understood to include free-hand drawing, as well as special 
mechanical drawing. 

* Note The 28th November in each year, is the last day 

of entering for the Six Months' Course of Lectures in the above 
Curriculum. All the Lectures are recognized by the Queen’s 
University in Ireland, by the UniversitiesofLondon, Glasgow, 
Aberdeen, and St. Andrew’s, the Colleges of Surgeons of 
Dublin, Edinburgh, and London, by the Apothecaries’ Com- 
panies, by the Army, Navy, and East India Medical Boards, 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



Afpendix A. 5th— In addition to the above Courses of Lectures, 

Candidates shall Iiave attended during the first period 

General 0 f a 6oye Curriculum — 

~ « a °? 3 ° Practical Chemistry, in a recognised Laboratory — •Three 

Medico-Chirurgical Hospital recognised by the senate, 
containing at least sixty beds, together " iththe ounxcal 
Lectures therein delivered, at least Two each week — 
Six Months. 

College, &c. 

6th. — And during the second period — 

Practical Midwifery, at a recognised Midwifery Hospital, 
with the Clinical Lectures therein delivered, for a period 
of Three Months, in an Hospital containing not less than 
fifteen beds. 

Praotical Pharmacy — Three Months. 

Medico-Chirurgical Hospital, recognised by the Senate, 
containing at least sixty beds, together with the Clinical 
Lectures therein delivered — Eighteen Months. 

7th. — Candidates before being admitted to the Degree 
of M.D. shall pass two Examinations, the first Exami- 
nation comprising the subjects of the first period of the 
Curriculum ; the second comprehending subjects of tbe 
second period of study. It shall be competent for Stu- 
dents to present themselves for tlieir first Examination 
at the termination of the first period of the Curriculum, 
or at any after period to be fixed by the Senate, previous 
to their undergoing the second Examination. 

8th.— By the Charter of the Queen’s University, 
Candidates are required to have attended at least one- 
third of the Courses of Medical Lectures in some one 
of the Queen's Colleges. Eor the remaider of the Courses 
of Medical Lectures, authenticated Certificates will be 
received from the Professors or Lecturers in Universi- 
ties, Colleges, or Schools recognized by the Senate of 
the Queen’s University in Ireland. 

9th. — Candidates will also he required to have at- 
tended in some one of the Queen’s Colleges, Lectures on one 
Modern Language for Six Months, and Lectures on 
Natural Philosophy for Six Mouths. 

10 th. — The Examinations will be conducted principal- 
ly by printed papers, to which written answers shall be 
given, but the Examiners shall also be at liberty to add 
such viva voce Examination on the subjects of the written 
paper, and to call for such demonstrations and experi- 
ments as they may deem necessary. 

11th — The above regulations will be binding on all 
Students commencing the Medical Studies on or after 
the 1st October, 1852 ; but Students already engaged 
in their Medical Studies, are at liberty either to com- 
plete their Courses according to the Ordinance of 30th 
June, 1850, or according to tbe present Ordinance. 

Faculty ob Law. 


The complete Course for each class consists of Twenty- 
four Lectures, by the Professor of English Law, in 
each Collegiate Session, which Lectures are delivered 
in the interval between tbe close of the Michaelmas Law 
Term and the Christmas recess, in the Second Collegiate 
Term, commencing in the month of February, and in 
tbe interval between Easter and Trinity Law Terms. 
And of Twenty-four Lectures in each course of tbe first 
two years, and Twelve in that of the fourth year, by the 
Professor of Jurisprudence, which are delivered in the 
months of December, February, and March. 

Candidates for the Degree of LL.B. will be admitted 
to Examination for that Degree from the Queen’s Uni- 
versity in Ireland, provided they shall have proceeded 
to the Degree of A.B., and shall have attended the Lec- 
tures and passed the Examinations prescribed for the 
Elementary Course, and shall also have pursued the 

Additional Course of Study for the Degree of LL.B. 

Fourth Session — A more extended Course of Study in the 
subjects appointed for tlie Diploma — The Law of Evi- 
dence and Reading in the Courts of Common Law and 
Equity— Medical Jurisprudence-Constitutional, Colo- 
nial, and International Law. 

Students who have obtained tbe Degree of LL.B. will, 
at the expiration of throe years after they have obtained 
the Degree, be admitted to tbe Examination for the 
Degree of LL.D. 


The Examinations for Scholarships will commence on 
Tuesday, the 21st of October.f The College Counoil 
are empowered to confer at these Examinations, Ten 
Senior Scholarships of the value of £40 each, and Forty- 
five Junior Scholarships, viz. : — Fifteen in Literature, 
and Fifteeu in Science, of the value of £24 each; Six 
in Medicine, Three in Law, and Two in Civil Engineer- 
ing, of the value of £20 each; and Four in Agriculture, 
of the value of £15 each — and if competent Candidates 
present themselves, these Scholarships will be awarded 
to the most deserving. The Scholarships are tenable 
for one year only ; but the Scholars of each year are, at 
its expiration, eligible to become candidates for the 
Scholarships of the succeeding year. A Scholarship, 
however, of the same year in the same Faculty, cannot 
be held twice by the samo Student. 

The Scholarships of the first year are open to all 
Students of the respective Faculties who have passed 
tbe Matriculation Examination. Those of the second, 
third, and fourth years arc open to all Students who 
have passed the Examinations, and attended the Lectures 
prescribed in the preceding part of their Course of 

If any Student bo placed, at tlie Examinations for 
J unior Literary and Science Scholarships, first on both 
the lists of Candidates, ho will be entitled to a Scholar- 
ship of each Division ; hut in no other case will the same 
Student be permitted to hold two Scholarships. 

No Student is entitled to become a Candidate for a 
Scholarship, until he shall have paid the College and 
Class Fees for the current Session. 

The Scholarship endowment is paid by Quarterly- 
Instalments, and its tenure is dependent on the Scholar’s 
performance (so far as required by the Council) of the 
duties prescribed by tbe Statutes. These duties are to 
take charge of the Class-Rolls, to register the attendance 
of the Students, to assist the Professor, &o. 

If the Scholar be not obedient to the orders of the 
Council, be removed from tbe College, or, by non- 
attendance on Lectures, fail to keep the terms required 
for promotion, he forfeits his Scholarship. 

The Scholar in the Faculty of Medicine must attend 
during the year of his appointment the classes recom- 

Dbgrees in Law. 

Candidates for the Diploma of Elementary Law must 
have passed a Matriculation Examination* (see page 
1 1), and pursued the following 

Course of Study for the Diploma of Elementary Law. 

First Session — Law of Property and Principles of Convey- 
ancing, Jurisprudence. 

Second Session — Equity and Bankruptcy, Civil Law. 

Third Session — Common and Criminal Law. 

* Note.— I t will he sufficient for such Candidates tojhave 
passed this Examination at aim time previous to applying for 
the Diploma. By the Act of Parliament, 14 and 15 Vic. cap. 

88, it is provided, that every person who, as a Matriculated or 
Non-Matriculated Student, shall attend the prescribed Lec- 
tures, and pass the prescribed Examinations of the Professors 
of the Eaculty of Law for two Collegiate years, and who shall 
have duly served as an apprentice or clerk by contract in 
writing, duly stamped at or before the signing thereof, or 
within six months after, for the term of four years, shall, at 
any time after the expiration of five years from the commence- 
ment of such attendance on Lectures, or of such period or 
service, which shall first happen, he qualified to be admitted as 
an Attorney or Solicitor as fully and effectually as any person 
having been hound, and having served five years is now quali- 
fied to be admitted. See also the same Act for the P TlvI ‘®f e ® 
extending to Graduates of the Queen’s University, respecting 
admission to the profession of Attorney or Solicitor. 

+ See Programme of Scholarship Examinations, page 18. 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 


mended for his year of study 
ing Curriculum : — 


Anatomy and Physiology. 

French or German. 

Natural Philosophy. 

Zoology and Botany. 


Anatomy and Physiology. 
Materia Medica. 

Practical Anatomy. 

Practical Chemistry. 

in the order of the folio w- 




Practical Anatomy. 
Clinical Surgery. 


Practice of Medicine. 
Medical Jurisprudence. 
Clinical Medicine. 

The English Language: — 

The French Language : — 

Barthe. | Boileau. 

Montesquieu — Considerations sux la Grandeur et la Deca- 
dence des Remains. 

Appendix A. 

General i 
Regulations of 
College, &c. 

Subjects of Examination for Science Scholarships of the 
First Year. 

Arithmetic : — 

Mensuration of rectilineal figures and of the circle. 

Junior Scholarships. 

Subjects of Examination for Literary Scholarships of the 
First Year. 

The Greek Language : 

Homer-The Iliad, Books L, II., III., IV., V., VI. 
Euripides— The Medea. 

Herodotus — The Second Book. 

Xenophon— The Anabasis, Books I., II., HI. 

Lucian — Walker's Selections. 

Greek Prose — lie-translations of short sentences, from 
English into Greek. 

The Latin Language : 

Virgil — First Six Books of the /Eneid, the Georgies. 
Horace — First Two Books of the Odes, the Satires, and 
the Epistles, Books I. II, 

Cicero — De Seneetute and De Amicitia. 

Sallust — Conspiracy of Catiline and Jugurthine War. 
Csesar— The Gallic War, Books V., VI. 

Latin Prose— Re-translations from English into Latin, of 
portions of Cicero. 

N.B.— The Examination in Greek and Latin will be con- 
ducted partly viva voce, and partly by printed questions. 
The English Language : 

Original Essays on subjects proposed by the Exami n er. 
History and Geography : — 

Grecian History to the Death of Alexander the Great. 
Roman History to the Accession of Augustus. 

Outliues of Ancient and Modern Geography. 

Subjects of Examination for Literary Scholarships of the 
Second Year. 

The Groek Language : — 

Homer — Iliad, Books XX. to XXIV. inclusive. 
iEschylus — Prometheus Vinctus. 

Herodotus— Book I. 

Composition in prose and verse. 

The Latin Language 

Virgil — Eclogues and JEneid. 
Horace — Odes, Satires &Epistlesj 
Terence — Phormio. 

Cicero — TusculanDisputations. 
De Qratore. 


JuYenal— Satires, I. in.VIH. 
XHI. , XIV. 

Sallust— Jugurthine War, 
Livy — Book IV. 

Tacitus — Histories, Book I. 
prose and verse. 

The English Language : — 

Spalding’s History of English Literature. Part I. and II. 
The French Language ; — • 

Bossuet — Oraisons Funibrcs. I Barthe — Histoire de la Litte- 
Lafoataine Babies. I rature Franjaise. 

Subjects of Examination for Literary Scholarships of the 
Th/ird Year. 

The Greek Language : — 

Homer — Iliad, Books XX. to XXIV. 

Odyssey, Books XH. to XVHL inclusive. 
JEschylus —Prometheus Vinctus. 

Sophocles— CEdipus Coloneus. 

Euripides — Medea, Alcestis, Orestes. 

Plato — .Apology and Crito. 

Thucydides — Book I. 

Herodotus — Book I. 

Composition in prose and verse. 

The Latin Language : — 

Virgil— Eclogues, Georgies, and iEneid. 

Horace — Odes, Satires, and Epistles. 

Cicero — Tusculon Disputations. 

Actiones Verrinm. 

De Oratore. 

Terence— Adelphi and Phormio. 

Juvenal — Satires, I„ in., VHL, XIH., XIV. 

Livy— Book IV. 

Tacitus — Annals, Book I. 

Histories, Book I. 

Composition in prose and verse; 

The Solution of Simple aud Quadratic Equations with one 
or more unknown quantities. Easy questions in the ap- 
plication of Algebra to Geometry. Arithmetical and 
Geometrical Progressions. The nature of Logarithms. 

Euclid : — 

Books I., IL, IH., and IV., with deductions. 

Trigonometry : — 

Definitions of the Sine, Tangent, &c., of an angle. The 
easier analytical formula:. The Solution of Plane Tri- 
angles with demonstrations. Nature and Use of the 

Subjects of Examination for Science Scholarships of the 
Second Year. 

The Higher Arithmetic : — 

Mensuration, with Formula: : 

Algebra : 

The Solution of Equations with one or more unknown 
quantities. Elimination. Theory and use of Logarithms. 
Theory of Equations. Binomial and Exponential Theo- 
rems. Compound Interest and Annuities. 

Geometry : 

Euclid, Books I., H., IH., IV., VI., with deductions. Ap- 
plication of Algebra to Geometry. Conic Sections. 
Trigonometry : 

The Solution of Plane Triangles with demonstrations of 
the formula:. Theorems relating to single arcs. Theo- 
rems relating to the sums and differences of area Ap- 
plication to heights aud distances. Elements of Sphe- 
rical Trigonometry. 

Subjects of Examination for Science Scholarships of the 
Third Year. 


Aldrich’s Logic. The Theory of Hypothetical Syllogisms 
and of Induction, and theNew Analytic of Logical Forms, 
as contained in the works of Mill, Whately, Thompson, 
and Baynes. 

Mathematics : 

and Exponential Theorems. Scales of Notation, &c. 
Trigonometry— Plane and Spherical, with Astronomical 


Analytical Geometry. 

Differential Calculus, involving demonstrations of the rules 
for differentiating Algebraic, Circular, and Exponential 
Functions, founded upon a clear statement of the nature 
of Limits and Definition of a Differential co-efficient. 
Taylor’s and Maclaurin’s Theorems. Maxima and Mi- 
nima. Criteria of the same, with proofs .Equations of 
Tangent, Normal, Evolute, See. 

Integral Calculus, including more particularly Rational 
Fractions, Binomial Differentials, Areas of Curves, Rec- 
•' n of Curves, Cnbatureof Solids of Revolution. 

Chemistry : — 

Laws of Combination and Affinity. Constitution aud Pro- 
perties of Inorganic and Organic Bodies treated during 
the course. Organic Analysis. Principal Theories of 
Organic Chemistry. 

Zoology and Botany : — 

Animal and Vegetable Physiology and Organography. 


Arithmetic : 
Mensuration : 

Algebra : 
Euolid : • 

As for Science Scholarships of 
the First Tear. 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



Appendix A. Subjects of Examination for Engineering Scholarships of 
— — the Second Year. 

SSteof Mathematics : 

College, &c. The same as for Science Scholarships of the Second Tear. 

Mineralogy, Geology, and Physical Geography. 

Form, structure, physical and chemical characters of Mi- 
nerals. Description of the more important simple Mi- 
nerals. General structure of the Earth ; its form, den- 
sity, and internal temperature. Causes of geological 
phenomena. Classification of rocks. Characters of or- 
ganic remains. Description of stratified formations. 
Igneous rocks ; Veins, Volcanos, Earthquakes, Elevation 
of Land and Mountain drains. Application of Minera- 
logy and Geology to Engineering— as Mines, Building 
Materials, &c. 

Application of Physics, Geology and Natural History to 
the general condition of the Globe. 

Chemistry : 

Laws of Combination and Affinity— Preparation and Pro- 
perties of the Chief Inorganic Substances — Metnliurgic 
Operations — Mortars and Cements. 

Surveying. and Engineering : 

Descriptive Geometry and Projection — Surveying, Levelling, 
Plotting Plans and Sections — Uses of Instruments in 
Engineering Eield W ork. 

N.B. — Quickness and accuracy in drawing, readiness and 
facility in practical operations, will be required from 

Subjects of Examination for Agricultural Scholarships 
of the First Year. 

The English Language : 

Grammar and Composition. 

Mathematics : 

Vulgar and Decimal Fractions, Involution and Evolution, 
Proportion and Interest, Mensuration. 

Geography : 

Outlines of Modern Geography. 


Subjects of Examination for Agricultural Scholarships 
of the Second Year. 

Chemistry : 

Laws of Combination and Affinity— Chemical History of 
the Constituents of Soils, Plants and Manures, Chemical 
Problems of the Nutrition of Plants and Animals. 
Natural Philosophy: 

Principles of Statics and Dynamics— Hydraulics and Pneu- 
matics— Applications to the Theory of Farm Operations, 
Buildings and Instruments. 

Zoology and Botany : 

Principles of Animal and Vegetable Physiology. 

Theory of Agriculture : 

Principles of Nutrition, and Growth of Cultivated Plants— 
Classification and Properties of Soils and Manures— 
Principles of the Rotation of Crops— Principles of the 
Bearing and General Management of Farm Stock. 

Subjects of Examination for Medical Scholarships of the 
First Year. 

The Scholarships of the First year in the Faculty of 
Medicine will be awarded thus One to the Candidate 
who shall have most distinguished himself at the Exa- 
mination in the course prescribed for Science Scholar- 
ships of the First year in Arts, and one to the Candidate 
who shall have most distinguished himself at the Exa- 
mination in the course prescribed for Literary Scholar- 
ships of the First Year in Arts. Candidates for these 
Scholarships shall have previously declared themselves 
and have Matriculated as Medical Students. It is left 
to their option for which of them they will compete. 

Subjects of Examination for Medical Scholarships of the 
Second Year. 

Anatomy and Physiology. I General Physics. 

Chemistry. | Zoology and Botany. 

The French Language. 

Subjects of Exam ination for Medical Scholarships of the 
Third Year. 

Anatomy and Physiology. I Materia Medica. 

Practical Anatomy. | Practical Chemistry. 

Law Scholarships. 

Examination by the Professor of Jurisprudence. 
First Year: 

Reddic’s Inquiries in the Science of Law. 

Lord Bacon’s Tract on Universal Justice by D. C TTomn 
Adam Smith s Wealth of Nations— Book III. ’ Her ° n ' 

Second Year : 

a.rfi.icr', Suiyer of the Itomim L.w, with tl, L««. 

dhe Institutes of .Tustinmn-Bo wyer’s commentaries on 
Modern Civil Law, with the Lectures of the Professor 
and subjects prescribed for examination in the firstTmi 
second year. -uu 

Fourth Year : 

Ilallam’s Constitutional History. 

Examination by the Professor of English Law. 
First Year: 

Williams— Principles of the Law of Real Property. 
Second Year ; 

The Lectures of the Professor for the preceding year. 
Smith — Manual of Equity Jurisprudence. 

Williams— Principles of the Law of Personal Property 
Smith— Compendium of Mercantile Law. 

Third Year : 

The Lectures of the Professor for the preceding years 
Smith— Leading cases on branches of the Law. 

Storey — Equity Jurisprudence. 

The Lectures to the Law Students are delivered iu 
the Months of December, February, and March. Twenty- 
four lectures in each course of the first two years, and 
twelve in that of the fourth year, by the Professor of 

Senior Scholarships. 

The Seven Senior Scholarships appropriated to the 
Faculty of Arts, will bo conferred, by examination, on 
the most distinguished studen ts who shall have proceeded 
to the Degree of A. B. in the Queen’s University, for 
proficiency ill special departments of study, viz. One 
Scholarship in the Greek and Latin Languages, and 
Ancient History ; one in Modern Languages, and Mo- 
dern History ; one in Mathematics ; one in Natural 
Philosophy ; one inMetaphysics and Economical Science; 
oue in Chemistry ; and one iu Natural History. 

The Two Senior Scholarships, appropriated to the 
Faculty of Medicine, will he awarded by examination to 
the most distinguished students who shall have com- 
pleted in some one of the Queen’s Colleges, the course 
of Study of the first, second, and third years prescribed 
to candidates for the Degree of M.D., in the Queen’s 
University for proficiency in special departments of 
study, viz. : — one Scholarship in Anatomy and Physio- 
logy, and one in Therapeutics and Pathology. 

The Senior Law Scholarship will be awarded to the 
most distinguished student, who shall have proceeded 
in the course of Arts to the degree of A. B., and who 
shall have completed the course, of legal study pre- 
scribed to candidates for the Degree of LL.B. 

Subjects of Examination for the Senior Scholarship in the 
Greek and Latin Languages, and Ancient History. 

The Greek Language: 

Plato — Apologia and Crito. 

Thucydides— Boole I. 

Herodotus — Book I. 

Aristotle — Selections from the Ethics. 

Plato — Gorgias. 

Aristophanes— The Frogs. 

Sophocles — (Edipus Coloneus. 

Homer — Iliad, Books XX. to XXIV. inclusive. 

Odyssey, Books XII. to XVIII. inclusive. 
Euripides— Medea, Alcestis and Orestes. 

Composition in Attic Prose and Iambic Verse. 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



The Latin Language : 
Virgil. Horace^ v ^ 

Juvenal— Satires, I., XU., X. 


Plautus— Captivei and Trinur 
Terence — Phormioaml Andri 

Ad Atticnm, Books 
III. and IV. 
Actiones Verrinrc. 
T,ivy_ Books XXI.& XXIII. 
Tacitus— The Histories. 

Composition in Prose and Verse. 

For Senior Scholarship in ModemLanguages and History. 
The French Language : 

Corneille — Le Cid ; Cinua. 

Mignet — Histoiro ue la Revolution Fran^aise. 

Histoire de la Litternture Francaise par Barthe ou 

The German Language : 

National Literature Von A. F. Vilmar. 

Schiller s Maria Stuart. 

Goethe's Ephigenic. 

History — Hollam’s Middle Ages. 

The Italian Language : 

Tasso — Gerusalemine Liberata — First Five Cantos. 
Dante’s Inferno — Italian Literature, published by Messrs. 

For the Senior Scholarships in Mathematics. 

The subjects of previous Examinations (for which 
seo page 15), with the following additions, vis. : — 
Analytical Geometry of three Dimensions. 

Linear Differential Equations with constant co-efficients. 

The easier forms of Non-Linear Equations. 

Definite Integrals dependent upon the function F 
Newton’s Principia — First three sections. 

Analytical investigation of the Problem of two Bodies. 

For the Senior Scholarship in Natural Philosophy. 
Duhamel — MCcanique, Volume I. 

Brinkley — Elements of Astronomy, including the appendix. 
Lloyd — Treatise on light and Vision. 

For the Senior Scholarship in Metaphysics andEcononical 

The subjects discussed in the Lectures of the Pro- 
fessors, with the following additions : — 

Metaphysics : 

Ilerscbol — Discourse on the Study of Natural Philosophy, 
Part II., chap, ti and 7. 

Mill — System of Logic, Book III. to the end of Volume I. 

Jurisprudence and Political Economy : 

Principles of Political Economy, by John Stuart Mill. 

For the Senior Scholarship in Chemistry. 

Stcechiometvy, and the general doctrines of Theore- 
tical Chemistry : 

The Laws of Combination — Atomic Theory— Relation be- 
tween the Atomic Weight and volume of Bodies. 

Relation between the external form and Chemical consti- 
tution of Bodies — Isomorphism, Dimorphism, Amor- 
phism, Allotropy, Isomerism, Polymerism, Metamerism. 

Atomic constitutlonof Compounds— Theories of Acids and 

Determination of the equivalents of Bodies — St<cchiome- 
trieal calculations. 

Inorganic Chemistry : 

Preparation and Properties of the chief Metallic and Non- 
Metallic Substances and their Compounds. 

Metallurgy of Iron, Zinc, Lead, Copper, Tin, Mercury, 
Gold, Silver. 

Organic Chemistry : 

Principles of Organic Analysis — Determination of the 
formula: of Organic Compounds — Theories of Compound 
Radicals and Types— Doctrine of Substitution, Homolo- 
gous Series, Conjugated Compounds. 

Preparation and Properties of the Compoandsof the Radi- 
cals, Cyanogen, Ferrocyanogcn, Mothyle, Formylo, 
Acetylo, Amylo. 

For Senior Scholarship in Natural History. 

Zoology : 

Carpenter's Principles of Comparative Physiology, 4th 
edition, chap. 1 . Owen on the Structure of the Skele- 
ton, in Orr’s Circle of the Sciences. Edwards' Manual 
of Zoology. 


Physmlogy , Organography, ami Classification, as contained 
in Balfour's Outlines of Botany. General 

Physical Geography : Regulations of 

1 m ? utlires , n, Ph ^' si “ l1 Geography-Ethnology- C ° S ‘ > ’ 
Distribution and Characteristics of the various Races of 

For the Senior Scholarship in Anatomy and Physiology. 
All branches of Anatomy and Physiology. 

N.B — Students will be expected to make Dissections, and 
give explanations of the parts dissected. 

« ucrtt o/ ucnwirsiwp 


The general Actions of Drags in health and diseast 
their special applications and mode of aitministra 
Pathology, general and special. 

Morbid Anatomy. 

For the Senior Scholarship in Law. 
The Lectures of the Professors for the preceding - 
Sugden. — Law of Vendors and Purchasers. 
Furlong — Law of Landlord and Tenant. 

Taylor— Treatise on the Law of Evidence. 
Stephen— Treatise on the Principles of Pleading. 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 


Regulationsof The Greek Language (Senior Class), 

College, &c. The Latin Language (Junior Class), 

The Latin Language (Senier Class), 

The English Language, .... 
English Literature and History, 

The Modern Languages, • 

The Celtic Languages, .... 
Logic, ..•••• 

PoUtPc^Econ'omy and Jurisprudence (Faculty of 
Arts), . . • 

Mathematics (Junior Class), 

Mathematics (Senior Class), • 

Natural Philosophy (Faculty of Arts), _ • • 

Natural Philosophy (Faculty of Medicine, and De- 
partment of Agriculture), • • • 

Natural Philosophy (Department of Engineering), . 
Zoology and Botany, and Physical Geography (Fa- 
culty of Arts), . . • 

Zoology and Botany (Department of Agriculture), . 
Botany (Faculty of Medicine), . 

History and Diseases of Farm Animals, 

Chemistry (Faculty of Arts and ^Medicine), 
Chemistry (Department of Agriculture), 

Practical Chemistry, . • .• . • 

Geology and Mineralogy(Department of Agriculture, 
Surveying and Mapping(Departmentof Engineering), 
Surveying and Mapping (Department of Agricul- 

Civil Engineering, .... 
Drawing, . . . . ■ 

Theory of Agriculture, 

Practice of Agriculture, 

Anatomy and Physiology (First Course), . 
Anatomy and Physiology (Each subsequent Course) 
Practical Anatomy, .... 
•Practice of Medicine, 

•Practice of Surgery, ... 
•Materia Medica, .... 
•Medical Jurisprudence, 

•Midwifery, ..... 

The Law of Property, &c. , . 

Jurisprudence (Faculty of Law), 

Equity and Bankruptcy, 

Civil Law, ..... 
Common and Criminal Law, . 

Law of Evidence and Pleading, 

Constitutional, Colonial, and International Law, 

Fees Payable by Ron-Matriculated Students. 

For each of the Sessional Courses, except Look 
Metaphysics, Political Economy and Jurisprudence 
Anatomy and Physiology, Practical Anatomy and Prac- 
tical Chemistry, Non-Matriculated Students pay a 
College Fee of Five Shillings, and a Class Fee of Two 
Pounds ; for each of the excepted courses, and in 
the Faculty of Medicine, for each second and subsequent 
course, they pay, along with tlio College Fee of Five 
Shillings, the same Class Fee as Matriculated Students.* 

Analytical Chemistby. 

The Chemical Laboratory is open daily, except on Saturdays 
from 1 0 to 4 o'clock, unde the superintendence of the Professor' 
for Students desirous of prosecuting an extended course of 
Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis, and for the purpose of 
original investigation in connexion with the Arts, or in the 
higher departments of Scientific Chemistry. The fees, exclusive 
of the expense of materials and apparatus, is - 

For a period of two months and a-kalf, £ s . d. 

five days a-iveek, . . . .500 

For the same period, four days ti-week, .440 
For the same period, three days a- week, . 3 10 0 

Programme or the Times and Subjects or the Scho- 
larship Examinations for the Session 1856 - 7 . 




£ s . d . £ s . d . 

£ s . d . 

£ S . d . 

College Fees, 

0 10 0 0 5 0 

0 5 0 

Class Fees, 1st instal- 

4 IS 0 3 5 0 

2 10 0 

Class Fees, 2nd instal- 

4 15 0 3 5 0 

2 10 0 

10 0 


10 0 0 6 15 0 

5 5 0 

2 5 0 

Department of Civil 
College Fees, 

0 10 0 0 5 0 

Class Fees, . 

9 10 0 7 0 0 

Total, . 

10 0 0 7 5 0 

Department of Agri- 
College Fees, 

0 10 0 0 5 0 

Class Fees, . 

6 0 0 6 0 0 


6 10 0 6 5 0 

Faculty of Medi- 

College Fees, 

0 10 0 0 5 0 

0 5 0 

0 5 0 

Class Fees, . 

10 0 0 10 0 0 

f7 0 0 

t* 0 0 


10 0 010 5 0 

7 5 0 

4 6 0 

Faculty of Law. 
College Fees, 

Class Fees, . 

0 10 0 0 5 0 
4 0 0 4 0 0 

0 5 0 
2 0 0 

0 5 0 
4 0 0 


4 10 0 4 5 0 

2 5 0 

4 6 0 

* Each subsequent Course, £1. f The Clinical Course nc 

it included. 

From 0 to 12 o'clock, Noon, j 

From 2 to 5 o'clock, p.h. 

21st Oct. 1856, 

Zoology and Botany, 
Physical Geography, 

Natural Philosophy, 
Mineralogy & Geology, 
Materia Medica, 

22nd Oct. „ 

Modern Languages, 


Theory of Agriculture. 

English Language, 
English Literature, 

23rd Oet. „ 


Surveying, &e., 
Anatomy ^Physiology 
Political Economy, 

Civil Law, 


Surveying, &c., 
Practical Anatomy, 
English Law. 

24th Oct. „ 


Practical Chemistry. 

25th Oct. „ 



Outline of the Courses of Lectures delivered by the Pro- 
fessors of the Faculty of Arts. 

Literary Division of the Faculty of Arts. 

Dean — Owen Connellan, Esq. 

Iu Greek and Latin the Classification of the Students 
is irrespective of their Collegiate standing ; those of 
the First and Second years being distributed between 
two classes according to their proficiency. There is 
also in each of these Departments an Extra Class, the 
attendance on which is voluntary, and which consists 
generally of those Students who propose to become 
Candidates for Degree of A.M. or Classical Honors in 
the Queen’s University, or for appointments in the Civil 
Service of the East India Company. 

* Hospital Attendance. — Clinical Lectures on Medicine and 
Surgery, are delivered at the North and South Infirmaries, by 
the Physicians and Surgeons of those Institutions. 

Fee for twelve months, . • ‘ ^ n n 

Fee for six months, . . . 5 0 o 

Practical Pharmacy at the some Infirmaries. . 

Fee for three months, . . • ? ® , 

Clinical Midwifery at the Lying-in Hospital, with Practical 
Attendance upon Thirty Midwifery cases. 

Fee for six months, . . • •*,” r A i,„, 

Further information may he had from the Medical Officers 
at the Infirmaries. 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 


Both the Extra and Ordinary Classes are open to 
Uon-Matriculated Students, i.e., to gentlemen who have 
not yet commenced their Undergraduate course, or who 
do not intend to take Degrees in Arts. 

The Geeek Language. 

Professor — John By all, ll.d. 

Junior Class, Monday, Friday, 10-11 ; Wednesday, Thursday, 

Senior Class, Monday, Friday. 9-10; Wednesday, 10-11 a. it. 

Extra Class, Tuesday, Thursday, 10-11 a. si. 

junior Class, Herodotus, Book II — Euripides, Medea, 

Senior Class, Thucydides, Book. I — Sophocles, (Edipus 

Extra Class, Plato, Gorgias — Pindar, Pytliin — JEschylus, 

Exercises in Prose and Verse, according to the proficiency of 
the Students. The books employed are. Arnold’s Intro- 
duction to Greek Prose Composition. Parts 1 and 2 ; Beat- 
son’s Progressive Exercises on the Composition of Greek 
Iambic Verse ; and Humphreys’ Exercitationes Iambics:. 

Fee payable by Matriculated Students for the Under- 
graduate Course, £2 10s. 

Fee payable by N on-Matriculated Students for each 
Sessional Course, £2. 

N.B. — The importance of the practice of translating 
from English into Greek, and of acquiring a knowledge 
of the Principles of Greek Versification, before Matrinu- 
lating, is strongly urged. 

The Latin Language. 

Professor — Bunnell Lewis, h.a. 

Senior Class, Monday, 10 a.m., Wednesday, 9 a.m., Friday 
10 A.M. 

Cicero, Tusculsm Disputations, Book I. 
Tacitus, Histories, Book I. 

Junior Class, Monday, 9 a.m., Tuesday, 10 a.m., Wednesday, 
10 a.m., Thursday, 10 a.m. 

Cicero, De Seneetute and De Amicitia. 

Horace, Odes, Books H. and HI. 

Exercises in both Classes chiefly from Arnold’s Introductions to 
Latin Composition. 

Fee for the whole Undergraduate Course, £2 10s. 
Fee payable by Non-Matriculated Students . for each 
Sessional Course, £2. 

Extra Class, Tuesday and Thursday, 11 a.m. 

Cicero, one of theVerrineOrations. DeOratore, 
Book HI. 

Lucretius, Book VI. 

In this Olass special attention is paid to original 
Latin Composition, and to translation from English 
Authors into Latin. Fee £2. 

Modern History, English Literature, and the 
History of tub English Language. 

Professor — The Rev. G. F. Barley, a.m. 

1st Term.— Modern History, Monday, Wednesday, Friday, 

2nd Term.— English Literature, Monday, Wednesday, Friday, 
3-4 p.m. 

The History of the English Language, Tuesday, 
Thursday, Saturday, 1-2 p.m. 

Modern History : 

The Course will include General History from the 5th to 
the 15th Century, inclusive. 

English Literature: 

The Course will include the History of English Literature, 
along with a Critical Examination of its Standard Works 
from the earliest period up to the present day. 

The History of the English Language : 

The Lectures in this Course will treat of theHistory of the 
English Language, and its relationship to the Anglo- 
Saxon, along with its kindred tongues and dialects. In 
subservience to this arrangement the more remarkable 
stages through which the Anglo-Saxon passed into 
Semi-Saxon, the Semi-Saxon into Old English, and the 
Old English into Modern English, will be analyzed and 
explained Historically and Pfiilologically. 

Composition : 

English Composition will, at stated periods, be required 
from the Students. 

Feo payable by Matriculated Students for the Under- 
graduate Course, £2 10s. 

Fee payable by Non-Matriculated Students for each 
Sessional Course, £2. 

Modern Languages. 

Professor — R. Be Vericour, d. es. L. 

Senior French Class (Medical) Mondays, Wednesdays, Fri- 
days, 12-1 p.m. 

French Class (Artel Mondays, Wednesdays, Fridays, 

Italian Class, Mondays, Wednesdays. Fridays, 2-3 p.m. 

German Language, Tuesdays and Fridays, 2-3 p.m. 

Senior French— Eloges de membres de l’ Academic de Medicine, 
par Fariset. Extracts from Bichat, Andral, Latlemand. 
Weekly Lectures on the Grammar and Idioms. 

Junior French— Bossuet's Oraisons Fun fibres. Fables «leLa- 
fontaine, Racine’s Athalie, Esther. Histoire de la Revolu- 
tion Franchise, par Mignet. Barthe's Histoire de la Litte- 
ratoe Frniu;aise. Extract from Villemain, Chateaubriand, 
and Lamartine. Weekly Lectures on the Grammar and 

Italian — Silvio Pellieo. Tasso. Extracts from Macchiavelli, 
Guicciardini, Davila, Manzoni. Weekly Lectures. 

German — Goethu’s Ballads and Egmont. Schiller's Wilhelm 
Tell National Literatur, Von A. F. Vilinar. Weekly 

•Special Course not Required por a Degree. 

Ubltio Languages. 

Professor— Owen Connellan, Esq. 

Monday, Wednesday, Friday, 12-1 p.m. 

Subject— I. The Celtic Family of Languages, and its existing 
derivations, the Erse or Gaelic, Manx, Welch, 
Armoriean, and Hibemo-Celtic. The Ogham 
Alphabet. The ADeient Literature of Ireland, 
viz. The earlier Bardic Compositions, the 
Ossianic Poems and Fenian Legends; View of 
the Contemporaneous state of Society in Ire- 

,, II. Tlie Irish Language as now extant, its Grammar, 
Vocabulary, and Dialects. In this part of the 
course, the Student will be taught to speak and 
write the language grammatically. 

Fee for each Sessional Course, £2. 

Science Division of the Faculty of Arts. 
Dean — John Blythe, m.d. 


Professor — G. Boole, l.ld. 

Students in Mathematics will be divided into Two 
Classes, viz. : the Junior Class, consisting chiefly of 
Students of the First Year, and the Senior Olass, con- 
sisting of Students of the Second Year. Each or both 
of these Classes will, if necessary, he subdivided for the 
purpose of instruction according as may he deemed con- 

Junior Mathematics, . Monday and Friday, . 2-3 p.m. 

Tuesday and Thursday, 12-1 „ 
Senior Mathematics, . Monday and Friday. . 12-i „ 
Tuesday and Thursday, 2-3 „ 

Senior and Junior Mathematics, Saturday, . 10-12 „ 

Subject — I. Fractional and Decimal Arithmetic, the Elements 
Euclid, with deductions from the propositions; 
Algebra, including the Theory and Solution of 
the Higher Equations ; the Binomial and Expo- 
nential Theorems, &c. Plane and Spherical 
Trigonometry, with their principal applications 
to Mensuration, Geodesy, Astronomy, &c. 
The Elements of Solid Geometry, and the Conic 

II. Analytical Geometry and the Conic Sections, the 
Differential and Integral Calculus, together 
with the subjects named in the previous Course, 
as fax as recapitulations may be needed. The 
special object designed in these Lectures will 
be to prepare the Students for the pursuit of 
Mathematical Physics and Astronomy. 

V To the Students of the Senior Class, and to the more 
advanced Students of the Junior Class, weekly questions trill 
be set, to which written answers will be expected. 

N. B The above Classes are open to Students before, as well 

as after Matriculation; 

Fee payable by Matriculated Students for the Under- 
graduate Course, £2 IOs. 

Fee payable by Non-Matriculated Students for each 
Sessional Course, £2. 

* The Lectures will be illustratedby reference to Irish MSS., 
and such publications on Irish Historical and General Litera- 
ture as are at present accessible. ^ ^ 

Appksdxx A. 

Regulations of 
College, A-a. 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



Appendix A. Logic and Metaphysics. 

General - Professor—' George S. Read, m.a. 

Regulationsof 1st Term. . Logic, Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday, 121 p.m. 

College, &c. 1 st & 2nd Terras, Metaphysics, Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday, 

1-2 P.M. 

Logic — This Course consists of : — 

I Lectures, Examinations, and Exercises in Aldrich's 

Compendium of Logic, occupying the early part of 
the Terra, &c. 

II. — A full discussion of Classification, the Theory of 
Hypothetical Syllogisms and of Induction, and the 
new Analytic of Logical Forms, as contained in the 
works of Mill, Whateley, Thompson, and Baynes. 

Throughout the Course the Students will be expected 
to familiarize themselves with the reduction of argu- 
ments to their strict Logical Form by written exercises 
which will be examined by the Professor. 

N.B. — Students who are proceeding to the Degree of 
A.B. may attend at their option in the Third Year the 
Course of Lectures of the Professor of Metaphysics, or 
the Lectures of the Professor of Jurisprudence and 
Political Economy. 

Metaphysics — This Course will embrace : — 

I — The Philosophy of the Inductive Sciences, illustrated 

by reference to Lord Bacon, Sir J. Herschell, Whc- 
well, and Mill, and — 

II — The History of Mental Philosophy, comprisng — 

1st. The origin, progress, and development of Mo- 
dern Philosophy, anterior to the rise of the Scottish 

2nd. — A critical examination of the works of the 
more celebrated writers of that School. 

3rd — A brief review of the present state of Philoso- 
phy in the British Islands and on the Continent. 

The Students will he expected to compose and sub- 
mit for Examination by the Professor, short Essays on 
the leading topics discussed during the Course. 

Jurisprudence and Political Economy. 

Professor — Richard Horner Mills, a.m., 

Deau of the Faculty of Law. 
Jurisprudence.— Nature of the subject and some of its Elemen- 
tary Principles ; with a sketch of the leading changes in the 
law from the Conquest to the present period, and notice of 
the measures for law reform which are now proposed. 
Political Economy — The nature and distribution of wealth, 
the principles which regulate Rents, Profits, and Wages; the 
Principles of Commerce, of Taxation, of the Funding Sys- 
tem, and of Currency and Banking-. 

Text Books recommended : — 

Adam Smith— -Wealth of Nations. 

Senior — Political Economy. 

Longfield — Political Economy. 

Longfield— Lectures on Commerce. 

Huskisson— “ Question Stated.” 

Iteddic — Inquiries on Science of Law. 

Lord Bacon — Tract on Universal Justice, by D. C. Heron. 
John Stuart Mill — Political Economy. 

The Course consists of Twenty -four Lectures, delivered 
in the months of December, February, and March ; the 
Students arc required in the intervals to prepare the 
subjects which will he pointed out by the Professor. 


Professor — John Blyth, m.d. 

Monday, Wednesday, and Friday, 11-12 a.m. 

Tlic Course is divided into Inorganic and Organic 

< 7 - 

e first. part are discussed the Laws of Combination 
Affinity, Molecular Chemistry and Chrystallogra- 
and the History of the Non-Metallic and Metallic 

game portion of the Course, will be considered 
ects of Organic Analysis, Organic Series, Com- 
cals and Types, Metamorphosis of Organic 
tory of special Animal and Vegetable Bodies, 
the Laws of Chemistry, and the History of 
nd Organic Bodies, those points will be 
j upon which have a practical bearing in the 
ine, Engineering, and Agriculture. Tlienco, 
Course, attention will be directed to the 
>f. Chemistry to Medicine and Physiology, 
'gic Operations, Chemical Manufacture, 
-.erials, Soils, Manures. 

Sessional Course, £2. Each subse- 
dedicine, £1. 

Analytical Chemistry, 

The Chemical Laboratory is open daily, excent ™ 
days, from 10 to 4 o’clock, under the sunerinL i Satur ~ 
tin. Professor, for «tudenf, desirous oPSSlB?'’' 
ortoiided course of«u*UtUtve,n<l,»,otiffi“?'"* ? n 
mid for the impose of original iovestiStion^n'i™' 

SmoSSLS” orl " ,he ®»»”oi 
m,r.trr“ ve 01 tlc “ pmsc ot ““•«*>» .»d 

For a period of two months and a half, five 
days a-week, . . . £ . . 

For the same period, four days a-week, 1 4 4 n 

For the same period, three days a-week, ! 3 in n 

For one month daily, . . i 3 i n 

Natural Philosophy. 

Professor — John England, a.m. 

Experimental Physics : 

neering Students of the 2nd year, Agricultural Students 
ol the 1st year, and by Medical and by Non-Matricu- 
lated Students. Tuesdays, Thursdays, and Saturdavs 
from 11 to 12. 1 ’ 

Text Books— Galbraith and Ilaughton’s Treatises on Me- 
chanics, Hydrostatics, &c., Ganot. Traits de Physique 

Mathematical Physics : 

Optional Course for Arts Students of the 3rd year. Mon- 
days, Wednesdays, and Fridays, from 1 to 2. ’ 

Text Books — Duhnmel's Mecanique, Vol. I., omittin" 
Attractions, and Vol II., Central Forces. Lloyd’s Light 
and Vision, Part I., omitting Chapters IV. and VII. 
Part II., Chapters I. and II. Brinkley's Astronomy. 

Engineering Physics : 

Special Course for Engineering Students of the 2nd year, 
Tuesdays, Thursdays, and Saturdays, from l to 2 p.m. 
Text Books — Tate’s Exercises in Mechanics, selections from 
the works of Moseley, De Pambour, Weisbach, &c. 

Senior Mathematical Class (for Candidate Masters) : 
Monday, Wednesday, Friday, from 9 to 10. 

Text Books — Duhamel's Mecanique, complete. Pratt's 
Mechanical Philosophy — Chapters IV. and V. Brink- 
ley's Astronomy. Lloyd’s Light and Vision. 

Senior Experimental Class : 

Tuesday, Thursday, from 9 to 10. 

Text Books— Dixon's Heat Pouiiiet’s Physique. Noads 
and De la Rive's Electricity, &c. 

Natural History. 

Professor — "William Smith, f.l.s. 

Zoology : 

General Outline of the Animal Kingdom. Histological 
examination of Animal Structure; Organographical 
and comparative History of the Functions of Nutrition, 
Relation, and Reproduction; Sketch of the Classes, 
Orders, and Families of Animals, with a special exami- 
nation of one or more, particularly in reference to the 
British Fauna. 

Text Books— Carpenter's Manual of Physiology. Edwards’ 
Manual of Zoology. Patterson’s Introduction to 

Botany ; 

General Outline of the Vegetable Kingdom. Histology of 
the Plant; Organography; Functions of Vegetation; 
Morphology, and Phyllotaxis ; Principles of Classifica- 
tion ; History of the Principal Natural Orders, especially 
those of Economical and Medical importance ; Herbori- 
zations and applications of the course to our native Flora. 

Text Books— Balfour’s Outlines of Botany. Iindley’s 
School Botany. 

Physical Geography (Faculty of Arts) : 

Description of the Earth and Atmosphere, as connected 
with the Biological History of the Globe; Distribution 
of Plants as affected by Physical Considerations, and of 
Food Plants, as influenced by the wants or tastes of 
civilized man ; Distribution of Animals as dependent 
upon climate or domestication ; Outlines of Ethnography. 

Text Books— Hughes’ Outlines of Physical Geography, 
5tli Edition. Johnston’s Physical Atlas. 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 


Geology and Mineralogy. 

Professor — Robert Harkness, f.r.s.l. & e., f.g.s. 

Monday, Wednesday, and Friday, 1 p.m. 

General structure of tlie Earth ; the causes at present in 
operation which modify its surface ; Nature of Jiocks 
which enter into composition with the crust of the 
globe; description and classification of Sedimentary 
Deposits; Organic remains; Physical Geography of the 
Earth, during the several geological epochs ; characters 
and nature of Igneous, Plutonic and Metaphoric Kochs ; 
Mineral Veins— their contents and mode of occurrenc- • 
application of Geology to Engineering, Mining, Agricul- 
ture and Land Improvement. 

Forms, Structure, Physical and Chemical characters of 
Minerals; descriptions of the most important simple 
materials— circumstances and conditions under which 
they are found. 

Civil Engineering. 

Professor — Alexander Jack, a.m. 

Junior Class — Monday, Wednesday, and Friday, 9-10 a.m. 

Subjects— Surveying, Levelling, general Theory and appli- 
cation of various constructions of Levels, Theodolites, 
Sextants, and the Instruments required for lingineeriu" 

Drawing — Descriptive Geometry, Projection, Orthogra- 
phic and Isomeric Plottings of Pians and Sections, 
Bridge Drawing. 

Senior Class. — Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday, 9-10 a.m . 

Subjects— Engineering Field-Work, setting out of Centre 
Lines, Curves, Half-widths, &e. Nature and Mode of 
application of Materials in construction, Practice of 
Hoad Malting, Cutting, Embanking, Bridge Building, 
Tunnelling, Preparation of Mortars and Cements, 
Hydraulic Engineering, Preparation of Specifications, 
Estimates, &c. 

Drawing — A more extended course — application to details 
of Construction and Machinery, Measurement of Work 
from Drawings. 

The Drawing Office is open to students daily. 
Practical Instruction in the Field in the uses of Sur- 
veying Instruments will he given during the Session. 
Fee for each Sessional Course in Surveyin' 1 
and Engineering, &c., . ° £2 o 0 

Drawing, . . . . i io o 

Appendix A. 

College. &o. 


Professor — Edmund Murphy, a.b. 

Subjects of Examination for the. Agricultural Scholarship 
of the Second Tear. 

Theory of Agriculture— The Organs, Nutritions, Growth, 
and Products of Agricultural Plants. Constituents of 
Plants, of Soils, and Manures. Formation and Classifi- 
cation of Soils. Meteorology in relation to Agriculture. 

Subjects of the Sessional Examination in Agriculture at 
the end of Second Session. 

Practice of Agriculture — Agricultural Implements and 
Machines. On Sheltering, Fencing, Draining and 
Deepening Land. Culture of Farm Crops. Rearing 
and General Management of Farm Stock. Construction 
of Farm Buildings. Reclamation and Irrigation of Land, 
Valuation of Land and Farm Finance. 

Text Books in the Theory of Agriculture— Henfry’s Struc- 
tural and Physiological Botany. Johnston’s Lectures 
on Agricultural Chemistry and Geology. 

In the practice of Agriculture — Stephen’s Book of the 
Farm , and Morton's Encyclopedia. 

Subjects of Examination in the History and Diseases of 
Farm Animals. 

Animal Physiology in reference to Farm Animals. The 
Natural History of Farm Animals, their diseases, with 
their remedies. 


Appendix B. 

Special Prospectus of Courses, useful in qualifying for Competitive Examinations. Special 

Prospectus of 

I — Special Prospectus of Courses of Instruction given in the College which are applicable to the Examination Competitive 
for the Civil Service of tlie East India Company. Examinations 

Subjects of Examination for the Civil Service of the East 
India Company. 

1. English Language and Literature : 

n. Composition, . . . Marks, 500 

h. English Literature, including that of the Laws and 
Constitution, . . . Marks, 1,000 


Lectures on these Subjects in Queen's College, Cork. 

History and English Language — Professor, Rev. C. F. 
Darley, a.m. 

First Term Modern History ; Monday, Wednesday, Friday, 

3 to 4 P.M. 

Second Term English Literature ; Monday, Wednesday, 

Friday, 3 to 4 f.m. 

History of the English Language, Tuesday, Thursday, Sa- 
turday, 1 to 2 P.M. 

English Composition will, at the stated periods, he required 
from the students. 

2, Language, Literature, and History of Greece ; 

Marks, 750 

Greek — Professor, John RyaJ], ll.d. 

Senior Class: Monday, Friday, 9to 10; Wednesday, 10 to II- 
Junior Class : Monday, Friday, 10 to 1 1 ; Wednesday, Thurs- 
day, 9 to 10. 

Extra Class : Tuesday, Thursday, 10 to 11. 

3. Language, Literature, and History of Rome : 

Latin — Professor, Bunnell Lewis, a.m. 

Senior Class: Monday, Friday, 10 to ! 1 ; Wednesday, 9 to 10. 

Junior Class: Monday, 9 to 10; Tuesday, Wednesday, 
Thursday, 10 to 11. 

Extra Class ; Tuesday and Thursday, 11 to 12. 

The Extra Class, both in Latin and Greek, the attendance 
on which is voluntary, consists generally of those students who 
propose to become Candidates for the Degree of M.A., or 
Classical Honors, in the Queen’s University, or for appoint- 
ments in the Civil Service in the East India Company. 

4. Language, Literature, and History of France : 
i Marks, 375 

French — Professor, R. Do Verricour, d. es. l. 
Senior Class: Monday, Wednesday, Friday, 12 to 1. 
Junior Class ; Monday, Wednesday, Friday, 1 to 2. 

5. Language, Literature, and History of Germany. 

Marks, 375 


Tuesday, Thursday, 2 to 3. 

6. Language, Literature, and History of Italy. 

Marks, 375 


Monday, Wednesday, Friday, 2 to 3. 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 


Appendix B. 7. Mathematics, Pure and Mixed. 

Prospectus of 
Courses for 

Mathematics— Professor, George Boole, ll.d. 

itolT &day! > I0 a tol2 riday ’ 2t ° 3i TueSday ’ 

Senior Class i ^ Mo nday, Friday, 12 to I; Tuesday, Thurs- 

io 3; Saturday, 10 to 12. 

Mathematical Physics— Pro/cssor, John England, a.m. 

8, Natural Science: that is, Chemistry, Electricity, 
and Magnetism, Natural History, Geology, and 

Marks, 500 

9. Moral Soiences : that is, Logic, Mental, Moral, and 
Political Philosophy. 

Marks, 500 

Chemistry — Professor, John Blyth, m.d. 
Monday, Wednesday, Friday, 11 to 12. 

Experimental Physios (Electricity and Magnetism)— 
Professor, John England, a.m. 

Monday, Wednesday, Friday, 2 to 3. 

Natural History — Professor, W. Smith, f.l.s. 
Monday, Wednesday, Friday, and Saturday, 10 to 4. 
Geology and Mineralogy — Professor, Robert Harkness 
f.r.s.l & E., P.G.S. 

Monday, Wednesday, Friday, 1 to 2. 

Logic and Metaphysics — Professor, G. S. Reade, m.a. 

Jurisprudence and Political Economy — Professor, 
Richard Horner Mills, a.m. 

II. — Courses of Instruction given in the College which are applicable to the Examination for Direct Appoint- 
ment to the Advanced or Practical Class of the Royal Military Academy at Woolwich. 

Lectures o: 

Subjects of Examination for the direct appointments t< 
the Practiced Class at Woolwich. 
Mathematics (Pure) : — 

Mathematics (Mixed) : — 

Statics, Dynamics, Hydrostatics. 

n these Subjects in Queen’s College, Cork 

Professor, George Boole, ll.d. 

Junior Class: Monday, Friday, 2 to 3 o’clock; Tuesday, 12 
to 1 ; Saturday, 10 to 12. 

Senior Class: Monday, Friday, 12 to 1 ; Tuesday, Thursday, 
2 to 3 ; and Saturday, 12 to 2. 

Professor, J. England, a.m. 

Tuesday, Thursday Saturday, 1 to 2 o'clock. 

Language, Literature, Geography, and History of 
Ancient Rome. 

Marks, 1,000 

Language, Literature, Geography, and History of 
Anoient Greece. 

Marks, 750 

Language, Literature, and History of France, 

Marks, 1,000 

And Germany, 

Marks, 750 

English Language, Literature, Composition, History, 
and Geography, 

Marks, 1,250 


Heat, Electricity, including Magnetism, 

. Natural Sciences : — 

Mineralogy and Geology, 

Moral Sciences : — 

Political Sciences : — 

Drawing, i.e., Elementary Geometrical Drawing, in- 
cluding the use of Drawing Instruments, and either 
Machinery, Architectural, Engineering, or Landscape 

Marks, 750 

v Marl 

r 1,00 


f Mark 
/ 1,00 

Professor, Bnnuell Lewis, a.m. 

Junior Class: Monday, 9 to 10; Tuesday, Wednesday, 
Thursday, 10 to 11. 

Professor, John Ryall, ll.d. 

Junior Class: Monday and Friday, 10 to 11; Wednesday 
and Thursday, 9 to 10. 

Professor, Raymond De Vericour, d. es. l. 
Monday, Wednesday, Friday, 12 to 3. 

Professor, The Rev. Charles F. Darley, a.m. 

First Term Modern History : Monday, Wednesday, 

Friday, 3 to 4. 

Professor, Jolm Blyth, m.d. 

Monday, Wednesday, and Friday, 11 to 12. 
Professor, John England, a.m. 

Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday, 11 to 12. 

Professor, Robert Harkness, f.r.s.l. & e.f.g.8. 

Professor, George Sidney Read, a.m. 

Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday, 12 to 2. 
Professor, R. H. Mills, a.m. 

Professor, Alexander Jack, a.m. 

Monday, Wednesday, and Friday, 9 to 10. 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



There is no accommodation for the residence of stu- 
dents within the College, but it is provided by the 
Statutes that every Matriculated Student being under 
the age of Twenty-one Years shall reside, during the 
College Terms, with his parent or guardian, or with 
some relation or friend, to whose care he shall have 
been committed by his parent or guardian, or in one of 
the undernamed Boarding houses, licensed by the Pre- 
sident of the College, and arranged for the reception of 
students, who are then placed under the moral care and 
spiritual charge of the Deans of Residence of their re- 
spective creeds. 

The Terms for Board and Lodging are generally at 
the rate of from £30 to £40 a-year. 

Deans of Residences. 

Church of England, . . Rev. Louis Perrin. 

Roman Catholic Church, . Rev. William O’Connor. 
Presbyterian Church, . . Rev. William Magill. 

Wesleyan Communion, . Rev. Daniel MacAfee. 

Licensed Boarding Houses. Appendix B. 

Mr. Jeremiah Morony’s, 
Mrs. Jane Heron’s, . 
Mrs. John Martin’s, 

Mr. John O’Sullivan’s, 
Mr. Edward Dike’s, 
Mrs. O’Regan’s, 

9, King-street. Residences. 
14, Hardwick-street. 

12, North Mall. 

52, South Mall. 

54, Dunean-street. 

Sunday’s Well. 

Por terms, &c., application to be made to the different 

N.B. — Letters from persons desiring further informa- 
tion to be addressed to the Registrar. 


By Order of the President, 

Robert John Kennv, Registrar. 


Selection of Examination Papers for Scholarship Examinations. 

Appendix C- 

Papers for 

Literary Scholarships. 

First Tear. 

Translate — 

Homer — Iliad, Book VI., w. 166-183. 

"Qg faro, row Si dvanra 5^05 XdjSev, olov dnovaev 
KTiXvae ptv p dXeetve, aefSaaoaro ydp rSye Bvpip, 
r spire St piv AvKiyvSe, xipev S' '6 ye ay par a Xvypi, 
ypatf/ag iv irlvam irrvKrtjj BvpofBSpa iroAXd, 

J«T?at S’ yvuiyei q j irevBepip, ofp' dirSXoiro. 
ahr&p o fiij AvKiyvSe Beuv Sir dp.bp.ovi iropiry. 
iXX' lire Srj AvKiyv i?e SidvBov re fieovra, 
irpofoveaig piv riev ava% Avnlyg ebpeiyg. 
hvijpap Zeiviaoe Kai tvv'ea /3o5g 'ikpevaev. 

&KA’ "ire Sr) Senary ifavy fioSoSaKrvXog 'Hilif, 
icat rare piv Ipeetve Kai r/rte ay pa ISeaBai, 

Srn fid oi yapfipuio rap a Upolroto fepotro. 
abrdp. IveiSr) ay pit kokov irapeSe^aro yapfipov, 
jrpffirov piv pa Xlpaipav dpaipaKeryv hiXivaev 
xefvtpcv. y S' ap’ lyv Be tov ylvoc obS’ dvBptbirtov, 
xpSaBe \iuiv, SiriBev Si Sodeuv, pea ay it yipaipa, 
Seivbv dxoirveiovaa irvp by piv op alBopivaio. 

Kai ri)v piv Kareirtfve StiJv repataat iriByaag. 

Euripides — Medea, vv. 340-356. 

MH. piav pe psXvai ryvS’ eaaov ypepav 

Kai Svpirepavat fpovrlS' j tpev$obpc8a, 
iraiaiv r afoppfiv ro'tg Ipoig, lire! rrarfip 
ovSiv irponpf. py%avyaaa9ai r eicvoig' 
o’tKreipe S' abrobg" Kai <rb roi rralSuv irarijp 
irifvKag' elxbg S' iarlv tvvoidv a' ex l,v - 
robpov yap ov pot fpovrlg, el QivZobpeBa, 
Ktivovs Si k Aalto Zvpfopp k txpypLvovg. 

KP • ijKiara robpbv Xyp" Ifiv rvpavvwSv, 
alSobpevog St iroXkd Sfi StefBopa' 

Kai vvv 6pC piv iZapapravuv, yivai, 
bpag St revgti rovSe' irpo bwerra Si trot, 
eZ a' ij’ moiiaa Xapirag oijjerai Be oC 
Kai iraZSag ivrbs rrjgSe reppo voiv xBorbg, 

BaveX' AeAetiTai pvBag drfievSfic SSe. 
vov S', el piveiv Set, pipv If ypipav piav' 
ov yap rt Spaaeig Seivbv Srv f6/3ogp' tx“- 

Euripides — Medea, vv. 976-989. 

XO. vvv IXnlSeg obtain pm xaiSwv Zoag, or p. a'. 

oficfTf arelxovai ykp ig <povov ySy. 

Several vbpifia xpvaiivv dvaSeapHv 
Signal Sbarav oj & rav 
Zav6f S’ apfi Kopyi 9 y- 
ati rov ”A iSa K&apov abra y’ 
iv xepaiv XafiSovaa. 

itcieret xtyig dpjSpbaiog r’ abya riirkov dvr. a’. 
XpvabrevKrov re oretpavav irepiB'eaBai' 
vipripoig f f/Sy irapa wpfoKopyaet. 
rolov elg epnog reaiirai, 

Kai poiipav Bavdrov rrpog- 
Xrpj/erai Sbaravog ' arav S’ 
obx vrrcKSpapelrai. 

Herodotus, Book IL, chap. 53. 

"EvOrv Se eyevero ecaarog rwv dewv, elrs l' alee Jjcrav 
iravreg, onotol re nveg ra eiSea, oIk i/rriariaro gc\pi ov 
ir puyv re Kai %(?££ &g tlveiv \6y<f. 'HmbSov yap Kai 
Ogypov IjAiKiyv rerpaKoatoioi ertm SoKeio fiev irptoflvre- 
povg yevcadai, Kai oh x\ioai. obrot it el « ol xoii\aavreg 
Qeoyovlyv ’’EXKrjiri, Kai roiai QeqIol rag erroiwplag Sfivreg 
Kai Ti/itig re sal re^vac SieXivreg, Kai e’iSea atirflv atipy- 
vavreg. ol SI xpSrepov xocyral Xeyo/ievoe rovriov ribv 
hvSpibv yereadai vcrrepov, epoiye SokIeiv iyevovro. T ov- 
toiv ra piv Trpoira at AaiSoiviSeg tpetat Xtyoven, ra Se 
vtrrepa rh eg 'HaloSfiv re Kal"9pypov exovra eyi'o Xiyw. 

Xenophon — Anabasis, Book III., chap, ii., 34, 35, 36. 

avaarag Si irdXiv ehre Sevotfidv' r Q avSpeg, &k ovaare 
&v npoaSeiv Soksi pot. crjXov Bn xopeveadai i/pag Set 
Sirov e&pev ra imrfiSeia' cikovoj Si eirpag elvat KaXag 
oh rrXeiov eleom araSluv direxovaag ’ oilK av ovv Bavpa- 
%oipe el oe iroXipioi, Cbcrxep ot SeiXoi Khveg rovg piv 
irapifivrag SiiiKovtrt re Kai SuKvovmv, yv S ivuvrai, rovg 
Si SioiKovrag ifiebyovtriv, el Kai aiirol ijpXv dmovaiv eira- 
KoXovOolev. ‘La tog ovv 6-afaXearepov yp~iv xopeveadai 
xXalaiov roiytrapevovg ribv SirXurv, iva rh oKevixpipa Kul 
6 iroXvg oyXog iv aafaXearepi.) p. el obv vvv dxoSeixOely 
riva xpv yyeXcdat rov aeXaurlov Kai ra rrpoadev Kotrpeiv 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



Appendix C. 

Papers for 

Kai ri vag ext riuv xXevpdv ctaripwv elvat, rivag o oxio- 
dotfoXaiciiv, ovk av 6 Tore ot xoXepioi eXOotev [3ovXeveaQai 
vpag Seoi, aXXa ypwpefi’ av evQvg rotg reraypevotg. 

1. At what periods did Herodotns and Xenoplion 
severally flourish, and what were the subjects of their 
respective histories! Notice some of the chief distinc- 
tions between the dialects which each employed, and 
give a short general account of the Grecian dialects. 

2. What controversy has been occasioned by the 
above extract from Homer! Give your own opinion 
on the subject. 

3. Give the dates of the birth and death of Euripides. 
By what peculiarities is he distinguished from the two 
other great tragic writers of Greece ? 

4. State the mood, tense, person, &c., of each of the 
following verbs, giving the present infinitive, where it 
is in use, and the English of each : — xajivepev, xopev, 
riyiiyetv, I£e, telviaae, Zvpxepavat, Stiipdopa, reu%tt, 

5. Give the etymology and meaning of each of the 
following words : — apaip&Kerog, xrvKrog,, Xap- 
f3p6c, Xrjpa. 

6. Explain the construction of the phrase bpiS it,upap- 
ravwv, and translate into Greek “ I know that I have 
done wrong,” “I know that he is doing wrong.” 

Second Year. 

Translate — 

Homer — Ilud, XXII., vv. 306-330. 

Qc aoa ijmivqtiaQ elpbatraro tp&tryavav 6{u, 
to oi bird Xaxapijv riraro peya rt onfiapov re, 
olpijaev Si A\tlg, Hot' aierbg inpixerrjag, 
oar’ clatv xeSiovSc ha vetpiom IptfievvCiv 
apxaZtiiv r) dpv’ ApaXijv f, vrCixa Xayuiv 
Sig "Ektop oipifoe rtvaoouiv tjidiryavov A|v 
Aippifii j 5’ ’AxiXcbs, piviog o’ ipxXrjtraro Qvpbv 
ayplov, xpioOcv Si aaKog oripvoio KaXvtfiev 
xaXbv, SatSaXtov, xipvBi S’ ixevevt ipmivij, 

TirpatpaXijj' Ka\ui Si xtpicoeiovro iBupat 
Xpvatai, ag "H^aitrroc tec Xoipov a/vpi Oapctag. 
oloc S' aarijp dai p it' Atrrpai n vvxrbg ApoXyip 
tompog, 'og KaXXtCTog tv obpavip toretrat aon)p, 

Sig ai'xpfjg axiXapi f tbr/Keog, fir <fp’ ’AxtXXtbe 
xaXXev StXiTEpp (ppavihiv Kaxbv "Exropt Slip, 
lioopimv XP° a xaXbv, o xi) e??st£ pAXtara. 
too Si nal aXXo rboov piv i% e XQ° a X^Xxea rebxv- 
KaXil, 7 it. IlnrpdvXoio 3hjv ivapiZe KaraKr&g' 
tpahero S' $ KXrjXSce Ax’ tapuv avxev' iyovaiv, 

XavKaviric, ' Iva re tfivxijg ukiotoc BXeOpoc - 
rjj p‘ Ixi ol pi/tau ir" iXad iyxii Siog 'AxtXXiig, 

AvTiKpii S' axaXo to SI avyevog »}Xv0’ cr.Ki.iKij' 

OSS’ up ax’ aafetpayov peXiri rape j;raX/co/3<ipa«, 
oippa t£ piv xporutxot Aptipopevog ixiioatv. 

%t7TE S’ iv Koviyc o S’ IxebZaro Slog ‘AxiKXeig- 

iEscrtYLUs — Prometheus Vinctus, vv. 869-893. 

avr7] xar’ "Apyog fiatnXiKOv relict y'evog' 
paKpov XSyov Set rair' IxeZeXBeXv ropuic. 
oxopdg ye pr)v Ik rijoSe tpbtrerat Bpatrvg 
roZoitn kXuvSc, 8c xiivoiv Ik t&vS' l/ii 
Xi'trtt. ToiovSe yprjapbv i ) xaXatyeviie 
pv T VP Spot StijXQe Tiravig Qifug- 
oxuig ci x<oxti, ravra Sit paKpov xpovov 
ihreiv, av t obSiv tK/iadovaa KepSavilg. 

IQ. IXtXeu iXeXev, vxi ft' a 5 oipuKtXoe 
Kai tppevoxXityeie paviat OAXxovtr’, 
olorpov S' apSig XP‘ 1 ‘ /*’ axvpog' 

KpaSla Si fafiip fpkva XaKrigtt. 
rpoxooiveirai S’ opftaB' iXiyorjv, 
t?" Si SpSpov r/iipo/iai Xvomig 
xveifian papyip, yXiiitone uKparrig' 

OoXepol Si Xoyoi xaiova’ eUij 
CTvyvrjg xpbg Kupaaiv arrjg. 

XO. ij )/ aotpbg 8g 

xpiuTog iv yviifiif t 6S' l/3aoraai xal yXivxap Siiuv6o\6y>/aev, 
i!ig to KijStvaai KaS' iaurbv apiareiiu paicpip, 

Kai fxi\Ti ri iv xXourtp SiaOpo-xTOfiivuv 
jrrirc ruv yevvq ptyaX vvopeviov 
ovra xtpvij rav tpaarevaai yaptov. 

iEscHYLus — Prometheus Vinctus, vv. 577-595 

ri x ore ft, & Kp Svie 

xat, rt wore TalaS" iviZev^ag ev- 

puiv aftaprovaav iv xrjpoaiivaig ; ?, J 

olaTpyXanp Si Sci/tart SeiXaiav 

xapaKoxov tbSe relaug ; 

xvpi fie tfkiZav, i) xdovi KaXvipov, >) 

xovriotg Saxon dbg /Sopor, 

fit) Se pot ipdovijagig 

tvyft&ruiv, avail. 

dSijv pe xoXbxXavot xXavat 

yeyvpvaxaatv, obo‘ ex<o paQeiv ii-« 

xtjpovAg aXvZhi. 

XO. xXvetg tfBeyfia rag /3ooKepw xapdivov; 

IIP. xiZg S' oil kXvoi rijg olaTpoSivijrou Kopijg 
rrjg 'Ivaxtiag; i ) Atbg daXxet k cap 
tpioTt, xai vvv Toiig vxepfiijKttg Spopovg 
"Hpp arvyiirug xpbg (Slav yvpvaitTai. 

IQ. x&Oev spoil ab xarpbg uvop’ dxbog; 

eixe pot rq poyipq rig S>v, rig apa p’, <5 r a\ag, 
rav raXaixuipov US' irtirvpa xpoaBpotig. 

Hebodotus, Book I., c. 166. 

’Ewet re Se ec rrfv livpvov axtKovro, oIkeov koi vij pe-a 
Thiv xporepov a xocopevuv ex’ erea xevre, eat tpa ivicpu- 
travro. eat ay ov yap Sr) eat eepepov rovg xeptokovg 
uravrag, orparevovrat Siv ix’ abrovg eou-p \6yip xpr/oa- 
pevot Tvptrr)vol eat liap^bovtoi, vrfvai ledrepot e^eovra. 
ol Se thtoeatee g x\i)piiaavreg eal uvtoi ra xXola, iivra 
uptdpov lf//e ovra, r)vrla'Zov eg to SapSdvtov KaXeopevov 
xeXayog. ovppioyivrtov Se rij vavpayip KaSprfti) rig 
vlk-rj rolo t 'I'uKauvat iytvero. at ptv yap reaaepaKovra 
trifi vieg OiefBapr/oav, at Se e’teoo-t at xepttovaai Jjaav 
&Xpr)aror uxtarpaefaro yap rovg EpfidXovg- earairXu- 
travreg Se ec n)v ’A \a\lt)V aveXafiov ra rieva eat rag 
yuvafeac eal rlfv &\\i)v Krifatv, oarjv olal re ey tvovro at 
veec otpi aye iv, eat ixetrea afevreg ti)v K vpvov txXuov 
eg ' Pi'iytov . 

1. Sketch the characters of the principal heroes of 
the Iliad, as dopicted by the poet. 

2. Give a brief summary of the contents of the first 
book of Herodotus. 

3. Give the titles of the extant plays of iEschylus, 
and state any reason for supposing that the Promothens 
Vinctus was one of his latest compositions. 

4. What is supposed to have been the scene of tbe 
sufferings of Prometheus 1 Draw a map of the Pontus 
Euxinus, marking the courses of the principal rivers 
which fall into it, and giving the ancient and modem 
names of the principal peoples dwelling on its shores. 

5. Give a scheme of the Homeric form of declension 
of the Greek noun. 

6. Give the principal parts of the following verbs, 
with their dialectic varieties : — dpi, elpt, ypaopai, e^u, 

7. Point out the distinctions between Homer and the 
tragic poets, as to the effect of position on a vowel na- 
turally short. 

Third Year. 

Translate — 

Herodotus, Book I., chap. 158. 

Tlepipavrec uiv ol Kvpaiot eg rovg Bpay%£Sac Oeoxpbit 
rrovg, ripwreov xept JlaKrvrfv iiKoiSv rt xottovreg dediat 
peWotev xapteiodaf exeipioreovtn Se trtpt ravra ypijoriipiov 
eyevero, enStSivat UaKrvTfv TLepor)<n. ravra Se die axevety- 
Oevra i/KOvtrav ol livpaiot, iippiaro hSioovai. oppeu- 
pevov Se TavrTf row xXi'iOeag, ’ApttrroStKOC o H paicXciScoi, 
(tvi/p riov aarSv eibv SoKtpog, et r/s pi) iroirjaat ravra 
Kvpatovg , uxtcreaiv re rtZ xpifopy nal Sokoov rovg 
deoxpoxovg ov Xeyetv a\r)6eiog' eg o, rb Sevrepov xtpl 
UaKrvth) exeiprjtropevoi, ijetrav aXXot Qeoxpixoi, ro>v ra 
'ApioToSiKog 7)V. 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 


Thucydides, Book I, chap. 120. 

T OVC piv AaKcSat/ioviovc, Z dvcoec Ji/ijia X oi, nine av 
in ainnoalptflci Ac oh cat cth-ol tyijt/iitr/ievoi rhv iroXcpdv 
tin xal fi/iiis ie rouro viv tvvliyayov. ypi) yap roue 
aiytpdvae rii ISia it, itrov viyovra c ra koivu xpimorrEiv, 
iitnrip eal ik iiXXoie Ik Tarruv nporipuvrai. i/pAy Si 
■oaoi piv ’Afliji'tuoic ijS V ivt)XXayt)oav ou X ! ?ic« X ijc 
Ho oral, &ort ijivXilaadai avrohe' roue Sc rijr peadyetav 
piiXXov cat p>i iv iropi.i KarpKripivovc elSivai x oi) Sn, role 
jt&ni yy p’l iiphvuai, x»Xeiru>ripav h'tovtn n)v caraKopi3i)v 
rAv upaiur sal vdXiv avrtXt/tpiv Zv !/ BuXatroa rjj )}~clpu 
.iiSon, Kai rAv vvv Xtyofievuv p ») inwove Kpirdc iii£ p>) 
vpomiKovroiv liven, ■apnoSiy^nrBen Si norc, cl ra k/itw 
zpdatvro, Kttv /ii X pi *QSv to envoy jrpotXde'iy, ectl rcpl 
av-uv ohx ’l^troy vuv fSovXevitrQiu. 

Homer— Odyssey, Book XVII., vv. 81-100. 

"Qe (Iw&v Siivov ToXoxiipiov ijytv if oVsov. 
ai/rup lull p 'ikovto Bopovg tuv aordovrac, 
yXaivac piv KariOtvra Kara cXtapoiic re Opdvo Uff re 
lg 3* dtrctpivBovc (Source lOKiorac Xoitaavro. 
rove $ Irni oSv eponi Xnuaav Kai xpiaav Viahp, 
rip pi 3' <?p a xXaivac oiXag f3d\ov pie xirAvap, 

Ik p daapivBov (3 avrtc ivi KXiopoXot KaftT^ov. 

%ipvifiu 3’ dptpiiroXoc irpoxdqi hrsx evt fepovaa 

na\y, xpvaE'y, if Trip dpyvpeoto XijSjjTOc, 
vltJiaoGai' irupa 31 ffian}v Irrivvom rpaxt^av. 
dlrov S' utioli) Tapir) rraplOpKC pepovoa, 
elSara iro'AA’ imGurra, x a p l 2 * 4 5 6 7 & plvv eraptovriov. 
piiriip S’ riyriov t?t vapa oraffpov peydpoto, 

KXurpi,~ KHeXipivt), Xlirr yXtiaara orpupStra. 
oi o’ hr’ rivelaff IroTpa irponlptva xtipap laAXov. 
dvr ap Ixii xoaioc Kai t3i)nio£ fg Ipov i'r ro, , 

•roloi 31 pvOuv i)px E mplppvv HqptXoirita. 

iSopnooLEs — (E dipus Colonehs, vv. 1042-1058. 

Svato, Qijtnu, rov re yevvalou xriptv, 
jeai rT/c irpofi yprig IvSiuov rrpoppOiaQ. 


JBTijk, 3 Be Satiny orp. a. 

dvlpAv ray' iirurrpopal 
ruv x aAK0/3onv "Api; 
ptpovmv, i) npbs flvOlaip 

ou nbrviat aipvA riQijvofrvrai riXi) 

Bvaroloiv , tuv Kai xpvrea 
kXjJs irri y Xtiiaatp fitfiaKi 
xpoffroXwv E3poXri3«v 
ivO' oipai rbv lyptpaxav • 

Qqaia eat rap StariXovg 
aepprae doc.Xipric; 
avrupKU rax' IpP’tnv /3o(i, 
roup3’ riva %tIipovc. 

1 . How do you account for the difference between the 
Oriental nations of antiquity and the Greeks, in the 
care which they severally bestowed on the preservation 
of their eavlier historic records? 

2. State the arguments pro and con for the unity of 
authorship of the Iliad and Odyssey. 

71 3. 'Compare Homer, Virgil, and Milton, as epic poets. 

4. Compare Sophodcs and Shakspeare. 

5. Give a succinct account of the origin and pro- 
gress of dramatic literature in Greece and England 

6. What arc the distinctions between the classical 
and romantic schools of poetry ? 

7. Compare the condition of Athens before and at 
the conclusion of the Peloponnesian war, and give a 
brief account, with dates, of the principal events in her 
history, from the latter period to the subjugation of 
Greece by Alexander the Great. 

John Hvall, Professor. 

First Year’s Scholarships. Appexhix C. 

. _. , . Latin. Examination 

1. tnvc the principal parts of the chief defective Panes for 

verba Scholarship 

2. State the laws of the Sapphic metre, and quote Exam,natkms 
examples from Horace. 

3. Give an account of the career of the Gracchi. Re- 
translate into Latin : 

But I return to the ancients ; for the most part they 
did not give reasons for their opinions, unless somethin" 
was to be explained by numbers or diagrams. XVe are 
told that Plato visited Italy, that he might make the 
acquaintance of the Pythagoreans, and learnt all the 
Pythagorean doctrines, and was the first who not only 
held the same opinion a3 Pythagoras concerning the 
immortality of the soul, but also stated reasons for it. 

But let us omit them if yon have no objection, and 
abandon all these hopes of immortality. 

Secosd Year’s Scholarships. 


Translate into Latin Hexameters — 

-Ho more shall nation against nation rise, 

Hoc ardent warriors meet with hateful eyes ; 

Kor fields with gleaming steel be cover’d o’er. 

The brazen trumpets kindle rage no more ; 

But useless lances into scythes shall bend, 

And the broad falchion in a ploughshare end. 

Translate into Latin prose. 

It is the work of a philosopher to be every day sub- 
duing his passious, ami laying aside his prejudices. I 
endeavour, at least, to look upon men and their actions 
only as au impartial spectator, without any regard to 
them as they happen to advance or cross my own pri- 
vate interest. But, while I am thus employed myself, 
I cannot help observing how those about me suffer 
themselves to be blinded by prejudice and inclination ; ‘ 
liow readily they pronounce on every man’s character, 
which they can give in two words, and make liim either 
good for nothing, or qualifiod for every thing. On the 
contrary, thoso who search thoroughly into human 
nature will find it much more difficult to determine the 
value of their fellow-creatures, and that men’s characters 
are not thus to be given in general words. There ie, 
indeed, no snoh thing as a person entirely good or had ; 
virtue and vice aro Wended and mixed together, in a 
greater or less proportion, in every one ; and if yon 
would search for some particular good quality in its 
most eminent degree of perfection, you will often find 
it in a mind where it is darkened and eclipsed by an 
hundred other irregular passions. 

Third Year’s Scholarships. 

Translate into Latin Lyrics — 

How sleep the brave, who sink to rest 
By all their country’s wishes ble3t 1 
When Spring, with dewy fingers cold, 

Returns to deck their hallowed mould. 

She there shall dress a sweeter sod 
Than Fancy's feet have ever trod. 

. By fairy hands their knell is rung. 

By forms unseen their dirge is sung ; 

There Honour comes, a pilgrim gray, 

To bless tho turf that wraps their day ; 

And freedom shall awhile repair, 

To dwell a weeping hermit there. 

Translate into Latin prose — 

Notwithstanding a narrow contracted temper be that 
which obtains most in the world, wo must not, therefore, 
conclude this to be the genuiue characteristic of man- 
kind ; because there are some who delight in nothing 
so much as in doing good, and receive more of their 
happiness at second hand, or by rebound from others 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



Appendix C. than by direct and immediate sensation. Now, though 
— — . these heroic souls are hut few, and to appearance so far 

Paue^for° n a ^ va,ncet ' a bove the grovelling multitude as if they 
Scholarship were of another order of beings, yet, in reality, their 
Examinations nature is the same ; moved by the same springs, and 
endowed with all the same essential qualities, only 
cleared, refined, and cultivated. Water is the same fluid 
body in winter and in summer ; when it stands stiffened 
in ice as when it flows along in gentle streams, glad- 
dening a thousand fields in its progress. It is a 
property of the heart of man to be diffusive : its kind 
wishes spread abroad over the face of the creation ; and 
if there be those, as we may observe too many of them, 
who are all wrapped up in their own dear selves, with- 
out any visible concern for their species, let us suppose 
that their good nature is frozen, and, by the prevailing 
force of some contrary quality, restrained in its ope- 

Senior Scholarships. 


Translate into Latin Lyrics — 

’Twas at the royal feast, for Persia won 
By Philip’s warlike son, 

Aloft in awful state 
The godlike hero sate 
On his imperial throne. 

His valiant peers were placed around, 

Their brows with roses and with myrtle bound ; 

So should desert in arms be crowned. 

The lovely Thais by his side 
Sat, like a blooming eastern bride 
In flower of youth and beauty’s pride. 

Translate into Latin prose — 

Tiberius Gracchus, a young plebeian, of the noble 
family of the Semprouii, was traversing Etruria in the 
year of the city, 617, on his route to join the armies of 
Rome before Numantia, in Spain. His way lay through 
several of the most renowned cities of that illustrious 
land, the fameof which,as centres of arts and civilization, 
survived the conquest of the country and the decay of 
its national spirit These cities, indeed, were rapidly 
degenerating from their ancient glory ; the descendants 
of the magnificent Lncumons of Etruria had either 
perished in the defence of tlieir country against the 
Romans and the Gauls, or had attached themselves 
as clients to the noblest families among their con- 
querors, and crowded into Rome to hide their humilia- 
tion from the eyes of their countrymen. The few that 
still continued to inhabit the palaces of their ancestors 
had ceased to be the chiefs and leaders of the people, 
and were only the voluptuous masters of hordes of 
miserable slaves. 

Bunnell Lewis, Professor. 

N.B, — In Latin the candidates for Scholarships were 
also examined by viva, voce questions. 

First Tear’s Scholarship. 

English Literature. 

“ The Jngurthine War.” 

Second Year’s Scholarship. 

English Literature. 

Give a full account of tbe following subjects : — 

The Celtic Literature. 

— Anglo-Saxon Poetry. 

— Anglo-Saxon Prose. 

— Gesta Romanorum. 

— Fabliaux. 

— John Lydgate and his works. 

— John Barbour’s Poem of the Bruce. 

— William Dunbar and bis works. 

Third Year’s Scholarship. 

English Literature. 

1. Give an account of the following subjects : 

Sir T. More, and his works. 

Roger Ascham, ditto. 

Lord Surrey, ditto. 

Dryden, ditto. 

2. Sketch the Literary Period of the reign of Queen 

3. Criticise the Poetical Works of Scott and Byron. 

Hallani’s Middle Ages, chapter 1st and 2nd. 

1. Charlemagne — his reign and character. 

2. Louis IX. — his character. 

3. France, in the 14th century, was a kingdom of such 
extent and resources that the idea of subjugating it by 
a foreign force must have seemed the most extravagant 
dream of ambition ; yet, in the course of about twenty 
years’ war, this mighty nation was reduced by Edward 

the Third to the lowest state of exhaustion Wliat was 

the combination of causes which brought about so strange 
a revolution ? 

The Senior Soholabship in Modern History. 
ifallam’s Middle Ages, 

The Feudal System, especially in France. 

1. When the tribes of Germany poured down upon 
the empire they made a partition of tbe lands in the 
conquered Provinces between themselves and the original 
possessors. — Name the Tribes and Portions respectively. 

2. Give an account of alodial and Salic lands. 

3. A controversy has been maintained in France as to 
the condition of the Romans, or rather the provincial 
inhabitants of Gaul, after the invasion of Clovis. But 
neither those who have considered the Franks as bar- 
barian conquerors enslaving the former possessors’; nor 
the Abbe Dubois (in whose theory they appear as allies 
and friendly inmates), are warranted by historical facte, 
though more approximation to the truth may be found 
in the latter hypothesis. Hallam hero proceeds to open 
the question, and to strike a medium. Give his argu- 
ments fully. 

4. Describe the steps by which the power of the 
kings began to increase. 

5. What was the meaning of the fiscal lands and what 
that of benefices. 

6. Give an account of sub-infeudation. 

7. Give an account of the ceremonies used in con- 
ferring a bief. 

8. Give an account of tbo following subjects : — 

Frederick Barbarosaa. 

Tbe Gnelfs and Ghibelius. 


Tbe Medici. 

Peter the Cruel. 

Sketch the History of the Greeks and Saracens. 

C. F. Darley, Professor. 

Scholarship Examinations. 

Modem Languages. 

Translate into French : — 

I received, one morning, a message from poor Gold- 
smith that he was in great distress, and, as it was not 
in liis power to come to me, begging that I would come 
to him as soon as possible. I sent him a guinea, and pre- 
mised to come to him directly. Iaccordingly went as soon 
as I was dressed, and found that the landlady had 
arrested him for his rent, at which he was in a violent 
passion. I perceived that he had already changed my 
guinea, and had a bottle of Madeira and a glass before 
him. I put the cork into the bottle, desired he would 
be calm, and began to talk to him of the means by 
which lie might be extricated. He then told me that 
he had a novel ready for the press, which he produced 
to me. I ran through it, and saw its merit ; told the 
landlady I should soon return ; and, having gone to a 
bookseller, sold it for sixty pounds. I brought Gold- 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 


smith the money, and he discharged his rent. This 
novel was the Vicar of Wakefield, — Bosic&Ws Life of 
Dr. Johnson. 

L Mention some of the rules which prove how far 
the French derived their language from the Latins. 

2. Give an account of the progress of the French 
language during the reign of Francis I. 

3. Explain the words — Renaissance, Enchainc-mcnt 
Ream!, Recueillement, Ensemble, Finesse, and illustrate 
them by examples. 

Science Scholarship op First Year. 
Arithmetic and Algebra. 

1. The first, second, and third terms of a proportion 
are 3 k 10$, and 2jJ, respectively; find the fourth term. 

2. If 30 men can perform a piece of work in 6$ days, 
how many men will perform a piece of work 4 times as 
great in 3£ days ? 

3. Reduce to its lowest terms the fraction 

4. At what late per cent, will a sum of money treble 
itself in thirty years at simple interest? 

5. The English pound sterling is very nearly equal 
to 25 '2 francs ; hence fiud the value of a franc in Eng- 
lish coinage. 

G. Reduce to an ordinary vulgar fraction in its 
lowest terms the decimal expression 

7. Extract the square root of the above decimal. 

8. Solve the simple equation — 

, 4+z 23— .e 

7 + 4 5 ' 

9. How would you describe the series 1 + £+£+! 
<tc.? Find its sum ad infinitum ; also the sum of 20 

10. A person bought a certain number of sheep for 
£188. Having lost 14 of them he sold one-third of 
the remainder at prime cost for £53 6s. Sd. How many 
sheep did he purchase ? 

11. Solve the quadratic equation x 1 — §a:4-$=0. 

12. Given the area (a 2 ) and perimeter (p) of a right 
angled triangle, required the hypothonuse. 

Science Scholarship of Second Year. 

Geometry, Trigonometry, and Conic Sections. 

. Show how to draw a tangent to a circle at a 
given point in the circumference. 

2. The same through a given poiut out of the circle. 

3. Show how to inscribe a circle in a given triangle. 

4. Investigate an expression for the radius of the 
above circle in terms of the sides. 

5. Deduce an expression for the tangent of half an 
angle of a triangle in terms of the sides. 

G. Prove the formula tan -1 ffl4-tan -I 6=tau 


7. Hence deduce the value of 

tan -1 J + tan J + tan -1 \ + tan -l |. 

8. Show that if A-|-B-|-0=180 0 , then 

Cos *A-f- cos 2 B-fcos 2 C=1— 2 cos A cos B cos C. 

9. Prove the equation tan a+sec a=tan (J-j- $ a). 

10. Prove the equation cot 2 a= 

11. Given the radius (r) of a circle, find the side of 
a regular inscribed decagon. 

12. Give definitions of the different conic sections. 

13. Deduce the equation of the ellipse from its defi- 

14. Find the locus of the middle points of all the 
focal chords of a given ellipse. 

Science Scholarship op Third Year. 

Algebra, Trigonometry, and Conic Sections. 

1. The sum of two numbers is to the sum of their 
reciprocals as a 2 :l, and the sum of their cubes is m 3 ; 
find the numbers e-.g:a = \/3, m =y/28. 

2. Provo that an indefinite area can be divided into 
no other regular figures than triangles, squares, and 

■3. Prove the exponential theorem.' 

, r h F 0r f a f “, bl ° er L aa l' on whose roots are the squares Appendix C. 
of the roots of the equation z 3 — 10=0. 

5. Investigate a formula for the number of permuta- Examination 
tmns of n things all token together, when p are of one SS*!" f w 

0. Show how to take away the third term from a 
complete cubic equation « :#:^-H* 2 -|-A>;~3=0. 

7. Determine all tbe values of A from the equation 
cos. 3 A — cos. 2 2 A =£. 

8. The length of a perpendicular form A on the 
opposite side of a triangle may he expressed in the 
form b sin. C -f- c a sin. B. Prove this. 

9. The tangent at any point (F) of an ellipse cuts 
the major axis produced in T-, S is the focus. Show 
that the ratio of cos. SPT to cos. STB is independent 
of the point of contact. 

10_. Show how trigonometry may be applied to tbe 
solution of the binomial equations a n 1=0, ar”-{— 1=:0. 

11. Find the relation among the quantities a, b 
c, in order that the straight line 5+ 1=1 may touch 
the circle * 2 +y 2 =c 2 . 

12. A circle can have contact of the third order with 
an ellipse at the extremity of an axis only. 

13. Give some account of the theory of transversals. 

Agricultural Scholarships op First Year. 

Arithmetic and Mensuration. 

1* If 290 sheep cost £338 6s. Sd., what will be the 
price of a score at the same rate ? 

2. Au estate produces £840 per annum, and the 
land tax payable thereon is 3s. 6 d. in the pound ■ find 
the clear annual value of the estate, supposing that there 
is no other deduction than the above? 

3. Required the price of 3 tons 12 cwts. 2 qrs. when 
5 cwts. 20 lbs. are purchased for £4 7s. 9£d. 

4. A person sells, for 6s. 10|<A, ail article which he 
purchased for 6s. 1W. ; find the gain, per cent. 

5. Reduce to its lowest terms the fraction 

7. Express the value of ‘784529 of an acre in roods, 
perches, and square yards. 

8. Find the side of a square whose area is 156 J square 

9. Find in acres, roods, and perches, the area of a 
triangular field, whose sides are 2,600, 2,400, and 1,000 
links, respectively. 

10. If an imperial gallon contain 277,274 inches, 
how many gallons will be contained in a cistern whoso 
length is 9 feet 6 inches, and depth 2 feet 9 inches ? 

11. The area of a circle is 3*1416 square feet; find 
the length of its circumference. 

George Boole, Professor. 

Agricultural Scholarship. — Second Year. 

Natural Philosophy. 

1. What horizontal force would be sufficient to move 
one ton up an inclined plane whose inclination is 1 in 
10, omitting friction ? 

2. How much should this force be increased if fric- 
tion of pressure? 

3. The short arm of a lever is 3 inches, the other 15 ; 
a weight of 201bs. is suspended at the extremity of the 
short ann, a weight of 21bs. at the extremity of the 
other; what weight must be placed at a distance 
of 4 inches from the fulcrum to produce equilibrium 1 

4. Through what height must a body fall in vacuo 
to attain a velocity of 1,000 feet per second ? 

5. What amount of work is required to fill with 
water a cubical tank, each edge of which is 10 feet, 
from a well whose surface is 50 feet below the bottom 
of the tank ? 

6. If a horse be able to raise 33,000 lbs. one foot in 
one minute, in what time could he perform the above 
amount of work ? 

7. When the tank is fall, determine the pressure on 
each side 1 

8. What is the cause of the deposition of dew ? 

D 2 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



Appendix 0. Medical Scholarship. — Second Year. 

Papers for 

Natural Philosophy. 

1. Wliy is the prime conductor of the electrical 
machine furnished with points ? 

2. How is it shown that in the Leyden jar the elec- 
tricity is on the surface of the glass 1 

3. How has the identity of Frictional, Voltaic 
Magneto, Thermo, and Animal Electricity been proved? 

4. Explain the action of freezing mixtures ? 

5. How is it shown that water has a point of maxi- 
mum density ? 

6. Describe the construction and use of Wheatstone’s 
photometer ? 

7. How is it shown that there exists a point of the 
surface of the retina from which the power of vision is 

8. Trace the course of a pencil of rays through the 
eye ? 

9. State the laws of friction, and the method of 
proving them ? 

10. A solid, whose weight is 60 grains, weighs 40 
grains in water, and 30 grains in sulphuric acid, 
required the specific gravity of the acid. 

John England. 

Third Year Science, and Second Year Medical, 

Engineering, and Agricultural Scholarships. 


1. Convert 30° Cent, into the corresponding numbers 
on the scales of Reaumur and Fahrenheit. 

2. Explain and give examples illustrative of single 
elective, double elective, and predisposing affinities. 

3. Give iu symbols processes illustrating combination 
in the nascent state between H and S, H and Sb, 
H and N. 

4. How are chloric and iodic acids prepared. 

5. Give in symbols the oxygen and hydrogen com- 
pounds of cliloriue, iodine, bromine, and fluorine, as fur 
as they are known. 

6. Give the processes for preparing HI as a gas, 
and for obtaining the same acid in solution. 

7. Give in symbols the preparation of peroxide of 
nitrogen ; what aro its properties, and what decompo- 
sition does it undergo in contact with HO ? 

8. Give, in symbols, the preparation of CO and 
CO., state their composition iu equivalents and in 

9. State shortly the doctrine of combination by 
volume ; illustrate by examples. 

10. Explain the Binary theory of salts. 

11. Give the tests for HI, PO t , NO s , IIS, and CO,. 

12. How is the anhydrous black oxide of copper 
prepared ? 

13. Separate the following metals from each other, 

wheu in solution — copper, silver, zinc, manganese ; 
apply the characteristic re-agent for each. ,, ■ 

14. Write the formulas of sulphide, sulphite, and 
hyposulphite of potash. 

15. Illustrate by examples the difference between 
educts and products in the analysis of organic aub- 

16. Give examples, by symbols, of acid, basic, and 
neutral salts, (on the oxygen acid theory), of monobasic, 
bibasic, and tribasic acids. 

17. Give examples, by symbols, of eloctro-negative 
and electro-positive compound radicals. 

18. Write the formulas of the alcohols, ethers, alde- 
hydes, and acids of the first two homologues of the 
series On Hw + 1. 

Senior Scholarship in Chemistry. 

1. Give the rule for calculating the combining 
volume of a gas, andstate whatistho ultimate rcasou of 
this law. 

2. In tho formation of NO, NO., NH 3 , HS, ami 
PH„, state the number of volumes of each element, 
which enters into combination, and the resulting 
volumes of the compounds formed. 

3. Explain the nature of double salts, and the mode 
of their formation ; state why there can exist no 
analogy in composition between them and simple salts. 

4. Sulphates of lime, magnesia, zinc, potash 'and 
soda, arc in solution together j arrange as double 
salts such as are capable of union ; and give the reason 
why double salts cannot be formed between all the 

5. Add solutions of NI^OCO., and CaC<? together - 
heat dry, Ca0C0 2 , and NH,C1 together ; what is the 
reaction in each case? Explain the causes of dif- 
ference in the reactions. 

G. Arrange BaO, MgO, CaO, NH,0, KO, SrO, and 
NaO, iu the order of their affinities for S0 3 . Is this 
order of affinity constant under all circumstances ? 

7. Add dilute S0 3 to FoS ; and dilute N0 S to 
BaO, CO. ; and the same acids in a concentrated state 
to the same compounds ; explain the results in each 

8. Give, in symbols, the essential reactions on which 
tho manufacture of English sulphuric acid depends. 

9. Give the best process for the preparation of the 
ammouiacal amalgam in large quantities. 

10. Write the formula) of neutral acid, and basic 
salts, of S0 3 , T, and tribasic P0 S , with FeO, and 
Fe a 0 3 . Give the reason for each formulae, on the 
oxygen acid theory. 

11. How many cubic inches of hydrogen gasarc pro- 
duced by the action of dilute S0 3 on one ounce of zinc? 


100 cub. in. of H weigh 2T 4 grains. 

12. Explain in what way the amount of nitrogen in 
a substance may he calculated, when the quantity of 
CO* furnished by a given weight of the substance is 

13. What is meant by an ammonium, ammonia, and 
nitrilo base in organic chemistry ? Give examples of 
each in symbols. 

14. What relation exists between the nitriles and 
the hydrocyanic ethers ? 

J. Blyth, m.d., Professor. 

Natural History — Junior Scholarship. 

' Zoology. 

1. The Animal Kingdom may be arranged in five 
departments and twenty-five classes. Give their names, 
including the classes uuder tho respective departments. 

2. Distinguish between white and yellow fibrons 
tissues; mention parts of the animal that exhibit each, 
aud their respective uses. 

3. Describe the priucipalmodifications in the arrange- 
ment of the nervous system, as found in vertebrata, 
articulata, and radiata. 

4. What peculiarities of structure are found in the 
eye of the bird ? Account for them. 

5. Distinguish between unguiculate and ungnlate 
mammalia ; state the orders included under each, and 
give illustrative species. 

6. Refer tho following orders to their rcspectivf 
classes, and give specific illustrations under each— 
Cyclostomi, Lcpidoptera, Pulmonata, Chelouia, Mar 


7. Iu what tissues docs starch occur ; Describe it. 
usual appeavanco, aud mention its uses in the economy- 
of the plant. 

8. What peculiarities of arrangement in the vascular 
tissues of the stem enable us to distinguish an aerogen 
from an endogen. 

9. There are four principal modifications of the bract ; 
give tbeir names, with illustrative examples. 

10. Describe the structural characters of a leaf, ana 

the functions it performs. 

11. What organs are included under the terms 

Andrajcuim and Gynmcnim respectively ? . 

12. Refer tho following natural orders to tlieir 
respective classes and sub-classes : — Papaveracete, eu- 
tianaeeie, Itosacea), Lilaceae, Bryacem, and Fucaceie. 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 


Natural History. — Senior Scholarship. 


1. Explain tlie term Morphology; show the import- 
ance of a correct application of its principles in a 
system of classification. 

•2. What is meant by "Conformity to a general 
plan ? ’ Illustrate tlie phrase by a reference to one or 
more departments of the Animal Kingdom. 

3. What arc the essential elements of tlie arclictvpe 
or “ general plan’’ of the vertebrate skeleton ? 

4. Give the chief characteristics in the skeleton of the 
hat, employing terms that will show their homologies. 

5. Analyze, the department Mollusca, giving brief 
characters of its classes. 


G. Give some account of the lactiferous vessels, and 
the functions they have been supposed to fulfil. 

7. Under what circumstances does silica enter into 
the composition of plant-tissues? Give examples. 

8. Describe some of the characteristic forms and 
structures which occur in acrogens and tliallogcns. 

9. Explain the terms, priminc, secundine, and ter- 
ciiie, as applied to the ovule. 

10. What plants of medical value are included in the 
natural Order Laurace®? 

Physical Geography. 

11. Explain the phenomena of dew and hoarfrost, 
and their influence on vegetation. 

12. Give the names of one or more of the natural 
orders that characterise the fauna and flora of 

13. Define the limits of the natural and possible cul- 
tivation of the potato. 

14. What area on the earth’s surface is occupied by 
the Malay race ? 

William Smith, f.l.s., Professor. 

Engineering Scholarship. 

Geology and Mineralogy. 

1. Describe the divisions into which rocks are 
grouped, and give the characteristic features of these. 

2. Name the series of deposits which form the cre- 
taceous formation, and in what part of Ireland do these 

3. To wliat portion of the sedimentary deposits do 
the strata in tlie county of Cork appertain? 

4. Name the highest member of the Pal&ozoic group, 
and what is the character of its fish, distinguishing it 
from the lowest portion of the secondary series. 

5. In what formation are Goniatites most abundant, 
and what is tlie usual mineral nature of the beds which 
afford them 1 

6. Where do the lowest aqueous rocks make their 
appearance, and by wliat fossils are they distinguished? 

7. How does water operate in modifying the earth’s 
surface ? 

S. Wliat is meant by the term uncoufonnability, and 
what docs this circumstance indicate ? 

9. What are the effects resulting from the contact of 
igneous rocks on sedimentary strata, and give instances 
of some of these ? 

10. What is the eanse by means of which Plutonic 
rocks have been exposed to view; and what is the origin 
of this class of rocks ? 


1. From what mineral is the manganese of commerce 

2. To wliat form of crystal does topaz belong ? 

3. What is the mineral commonly called Irish 
diamonds 1 

Robert Habkness, Professor, 

Agricultural Scholarship op Second Year. Appendix C. 

1. Describe tlie cell, and specify its functions. Examination 

2. What is the office of the 'leaf in the vegetable pa t' crs for 

economy ? ° Scholarship 

3. Stale your views on the subject of the excretions li}ianiinationa 
ot plants by their roots. 

4. Describe the process to be pursued in the mechani- 
cal examination of a soil. 

5. Specify the leading features of the climate of Ire- 

land, and accouut for any peculiarities which you may 
suppose it possesses. J 

6. Give ^he composition of Peruvian guano, and the 
scale for determining its money value. 

7. Give the distinguishing characters of a few of the 
superior grasses. 

S. Name a few of the worst of the weeds which 
infest agricultural crops, and the natural family to 
which each belong. 

9. Give the natural history of the turnip-beetle, 
wire-worm, and green-fly. 

E. Murphy, Professor. 

Faculty op Medicine — Scholarship' oe Second Year. 

Anatomy and Physiology. 

1. Describe the coarse of the blood through the 

2. Describe the nature of the chyle, and the process 
of chylitication. 

3. Describe the origins and insertions of the muscles 
of mastication, and state tlieir separate and combined 

4. What are the characters distinguishing a lumbar 
vertebra ? 

5. For what purposes, and in what organs of the 
human body, is the yellow fibrous tissue employed? 

6. Describe the structure aud relations of the ‘.eso- 

7. Describe the structure and office of the spinal 

8. Describe the sounds which accompany the heart’s 

9. Describe the great mesenteric artery. 

10. Describe the gall bladder, the cystic duct, and 
the common bile duct. 

Scholarship of Third Year. 

Anatomy and Physiology. 

1. How is bone primordially developed ? 

2. Make a classification of joiDts, and give an exam- 
ple of each description of articulation. 

3. State whether the circulation of the blood within 
the cranium is influenced in any respect by the process 
of respiration. 

4. Describe the relations of the stomach, its coats, 
vessels, and nerves. 

5. Describe the structural anatomy of the lobules of 
the liver. 

6. Describe the origin, course, and branches, of the 
ophthalmic artery. 

7 . Describe the circle of Willis and the third ventricle 
of the brain. 

8. Describe the structural anatomy of a vein. 

9. In what manner are the spinal nerves connected 
with the chord ? 

10. Explain the nature of the reflex function. 

11. Describe the teinporo-maxillary articulation. 

12. Describe the gustatory nerve. 

Scholarship op Third Year. 

Practical Anatomy. 

1. Describe the articular surfaces of the bones, and 
the ligaments of the elbow joint. 

2. Describe the superficial and deep palmar arches of 

3. Describe the relations, the stages, and branches of 
the subclavian arteries. 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



Appendix C 

Papers for 

4. What are the relations of the bulbous and mem- 
braneous portions of the urethra 1 

5. Describe the vesiculee seminales and the vasa 

6. Describe the inguinal lymphatic glands, the inter- 
nal saphena vein, and the disposition of the fascko in 
the femoral region. 

7. Describe the origin, course, and relations of the 
internal epigastric arteries. 

8. Describe the plantar arteries and nerves. 

9. Mention the boundaries of the popliteal region, 

and its contents. 

Senior Scholarship. 

Anatomy and Physiology. 

1. Describe the connexions and structure of the 
duodenum intestine. 1 

2. Describe the actions which take place in the small 

3. Describe the structure, the relations, vessels, and 
nerves of the pancreatic gland. 

4. Describe the office of the diaphragm : mention its 
attachments, relations, apertures, vessels, and nerves. 

5. Detail the experiments of the Magendie in refer- 
ence to the cause of vomiting. 

6. Describe the superior and inferior laryngeal 
nerves, with respect to origins, relations, and parts sup- 
plied ; then detail the experiments which illustrate 
their functions. 

7. Mention the experiments instituted by the Magen- 
die in reference to venous absorption. 

8. Describe the fourth ventricle of the brain. 

9. Describe the structure and office of the choroid 
coat of the eye. 

10. Describe the connexions of the inferior spongy 
hones, and trace the mucous membrane of the nose 
through 'all the passages which communicate with the 

11. Describe the olfactory nerves. 

12. How have the vital properties of muscular fibres 
been investigated by physiologists? 

Senior Scholarship. 

Practical Anatomy. 

1. Describe the connexions and structure of the 
prostate gland. 

2. State the origin, relations, and branches of the 
lingual artery. 

3. Describe the connexions of the thyroid body, and 
the vessels which supply it. 

4. What are the connexions of the superior maxillary 
and palate bones ? 

5. Describe the limits and relations of the space, at 
the base of the bladder, where the operation of para- 
centesis may be performed. 

6. Describe the serous and fibrous tunics of tbe 
testis. Mention the origin, course, and relations of the 
spermatic artery. 

7. Describe the intercostal arteries with respect to 
their origins and several relations. 

8. Describe tbe wrist joint and the inferior radio- 
ulnar articulation, mentioning also the relations of 
tendons, vessels, and nerves with respect to it. 

9. Describe the triangular ligament of the urethra, 
and mention the parts in relation with its pelvic and 
perineal surfaces. 

10. Describe the origin, course, relations, and 
branches of the great gluteal artery. 

11. Describe minutely the origin, course, and several 
relations of the arteria innominata; then contrast the 
right with the left vena innominata. 

12. Describe the sealeni muscles, and the first stages 
of the subclavian arteries. 

J. H. Corbett, Professor. 

Scholarship op Third Year. 

Materia Medica. 

1. Tartar-emetic: preparation of, according to the 
Dublin Pharmacopoeia; physical and chemical proper- 
ties ; action and uses ; dose, and mode of administration. 

2. Describe and explain the process of the Dublin 
Pharmacopoeia for obtaining sulphuric ether. 

3. Stramonium : Latin name of the plant furnishing 
it, and its natural order ; parts employed in medicine, 
their physical and chemical properties, action, and 

4. What is the action, respectively, of belladonna, 
stramonium, opium, aconite, and hyoscyamus on the 
pupil, when administered internally? 

5. Describe and explain the process of the Dublin 
Pharmacopoeia for obtaining the iodide of potassium. 

G. State the full dose for an adult of tincture of 
opium, as a narcotic; of ipecacuan, as an emetic; of 
corrosive sublimate, in syphilis; of tincture of digitalis, 
as a sedative ; and of ammonio-citrate of iron, as a tonic. 

7. Give the Latin names of the drugs marked 1 to 6, 
and the physiological class to which each belongs. 

8. Give the Latin names of the plants marked 1 to 6, 
and the natural order to which each belongs. 

A. Fleming, Professor. 

Scholarship op Second Year. 

English Law. 

1. Explain the concurrent jurisdiction of law and 
equity iu many species of fraud, accident, and trust. 

2. What trusts are peculiar to equity? And mention 
some which are cognizable in a court of law. 

3. Give some instances illustrative of the maxim, 
that “equity follows the law.” 

4. Mention some of the chief differences in the two sys- 
tems of law and equity; and state the effect of the Gom- 
mon Law Procedure Act, 1856, upon the jurisdiction of 
the common law as to matters previously within the 
jurisdiction of equity exclusively. 

5. What is an injunction? 

6. Give some instances illustrative of the doctrine, 
that equity considers what ought to have been done as 
actually done. 

7. What is the object and effect of a suit, “ne exeat 

Michael Barrt, Professor. 

Appendix D. 


Papers for 

Selection of Examination Papers for Sessional Examinations. 

J ON ior Greek Glass. 

Translate — 

{A).— Herodotus, Book II., o. 33, 34. 

'O i’ll* Si) too 'Ap/suviov 'Ersap^ov Adyog iff rovrb hoi SiSy- 
\iha0i)' irAijv on dirovomyoai re trainee roils NaaafiCivag, a ig 
ol Kvpqvatot IXeyov, oal eg roiig oiroi dirUovro iivBpibirovp, 
yoriniQ ilvai eravraQ. rov 8k Si) tco rapbv roOrov rov irapa- 
piovra xai 'Erlapxog <rvvs/3dXXcro tlvai rbv NetAov, mi Si) mi 
o Xiyo £ ovtio aipiu. p'eu yap in Ai^vijg 6 NeTAoff, mi ysoijv 
riifivuv Atfiviiv. Kai u £ iyoi trvpP&XAo pat, rolai iptpavkai rd 

HO yivwtricfyeeva ru:paipbpivO£, rip "larpip eK rov nfiav perptiiv 
opparai. “Iffrpog re yap i rorapbe ap^apivoQ is KeAriv mi 
Hupiji'ijg iroAioc, pen piatjv o'x 1 '?'*' 1 ' ”)*' E«p uiryv. ol Si KeXroi 
etffi l£io 'HpaicAjjtwv tmjXiuv' by ovpiovm Si K vvtitrloun, oi 
ioxaroi irpbg Svtrpiitov oUiovoi riitv iv ry E bpiiiry KaroiKypivviv. 

reAivry Si b "Iorpog, iff OaXaaaav (lioiv n)v rov E bStivov irbvrov 
Sid irdoyg Eiptiinjg, ry ’Iorpttjv o'c MiAijahov oUiovai&rrOiKOi. 
'0 piv Si) 'I<rrpoc, pin yap Si’ oUcvpivyg, irpbg iroXXOv yiv 
metros' irepi Si ruiv rov NeiAov rmyeuv oiiSeig tya Xiytiv" ioitij- 
rig re yap ian Kai iprjpog i) A'/Mi;, Si »)C pie*- 5r£ P‘ ^) rov 
pei/iaros abrov, in’ 'boov fsaKpSrarov iaroptvvra i)v IZidoBai, 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



gpqraf IkSiBoi Si ig A'iyuirrov. ti Si Aiyuirroj rijs ipayjfe 
KiXiki'ijc ftaXurra n-g Hvrlt) icurae. ev0$Drii< cl, t c Ewunijv rijn 
r<p EbXsivip nSvrtp n’evre i/pepiuv Win bcbg ti&ot up avSpi- i) 
Sc JikJii) rip ‘lorpip iaStSivn Is BdXaooav uvrlov tderai. 
ovtu rbv NtlXov ookeo) otd iram/g rile Aijiinjg SieXiSvra IXioouo- 
Bai rip "larpip. Nei'Xou piv vvv nepi Toaavra eipijoBu. 

(B). — Euripides — Medea, vt. 1S4-203. 

opaffiu rai’ - ctrdp <pof3og ci wflaw 
B'eonoivav ip iv 
po\Bov Si X'‘9 ,v ri)vS’ emSuou. 
ku'ltoi TOK&Sog Sipypa Xeatvyg 
airaravpovTai Spuoiv, Srav r is 
fivBov npcupipuv neXag oppaOy. 
okcuoSs Si Xiyuv noiStv n a otpoiig 
rovg npooOe /3p orovg obx av icpaproig, 

dinveg iipvovg lire piv BaXUag 

ini t' elXanlvaig Kai nap a Seinvoig 

orvylovg Si fiporuv obSeig Xbnag 
e'vpero poboy Kai noXvxopSotg 
ipiaig navuv, IX uv davarot 
Seival re riyai oijiaXXovoi S&potig. 
icalroi raSe p iv KspSog antloBai 
poXnaZeri pporobg' 'iva S' evSemvot 
Soiree, ti paryv rsivovoi jSoav ; 

76 napbv yip £%(! rtpipiv if a tiro a 
Sairog nXr) pupa fiporoZoiv. 

(0). — Euripides — Medea, w. 364-391. 

KaK&e xcxpaRTat navraxy' rig iv rtptt ; 
itXX’ ouri Titury raiira, pi) Scksitc nu. 

Kiri toZoi xijbsuoaoi v ov opiKpol novoi. 

el pi) ti KspSatvovaav fi rexvupivyv ; 
obS' iiv npogeZnov, cbo' iv fl'l'ipyv xepoZv. 

i S' ig roaovTOv pupiag afiKtro 
iogr', i'ibv avnp rap' iXelv povXe ipara 
yijg tK/3aXiiiin, tI)V 0’ afijiav i)pipav 
ptivai p‘, iv y rpeZg tuv ipuv lyBpuv vexpobg 
fli'/ow, Traripa re Kai Kvpyv nioiv r’ ip6v. . 
noXXig S' txovtra Bavaoipovg abroZg bSovg, 
ofiK oio’ liiroif npurov lyxupu, ip'iXcu, 
noTepov vipaipu Supa vvptp ucov irupt, 
i) Oi/ktSv uou piryavov Si' fjnarog, 
tnyy Sopovg eig/iao' 'iv SmpuTat Xijjo c. 
aXX’ iv 7 i pot xpigavreg' ei XypByaopai 
Sopovg vxtp/3 aivovoa cat Texviupevy, 

Qavovaa Brp ru 70te tpoig ixBpolg yiXoiv. 

KpinoTa Trjv ciBtiav, y tretpAie apev 
aopai piKiora, ipappixoig avroig i\eiv. 

Kai o?) Te&vaoi' rig pe SiXtrai irSXtg ; 
rig yijv uauXov xal Sopovg IxeyySovg 
Xivog irapaoxiv pvocrai Toxipbv Sepoy, 
o 4c lari, pelvad ovv in opiKpov xpSvov, 
r)v pev rig r/pXv revpyog aapaXyg <pavy, 

SSXip pirupi rovSe icai eiyy $bvov. 

Sesior Greer Class. Appendix D. 

I— Tn»«kle— E.™Sui„ 

(A) — Thucydides, Book I., c. 20. 1 'npers for 

To piv ovv voXcui roiavra evpov, X aXc7idi bvra vavri IXnc JOxaminations 
riKpypiif Tnorcvoai. ol yap di/Spuirot rag isoig ruv irpoysytv- 
ljuiviov, Kai i)v inixupii apioiv y, bpoiug ij3aaavinTiog jrap' 
aXXijXtov Sixovrcu. 'AByva'uov yovv rb TrXrjOog “lirrrapxov 
oiovrai v$ AppoOiov Kai 'ApuTroyeirovog rvpawov uvra uTroBa- 
veiv, icai ofic iaamv 2rt 'Inning piv npco^vraTog biv f/i> X e tuv 
UeuriorpaTov viiuv, "I—napyog Si Kai BamaXog actXpai i)aav 
aiirov, vnoroniiaavrcg Si n tniivy ry ypipf Kai napnxpiipa 
'AppoSto; Kai ' Ainaroyeiraiv Ik tuv XvveiSonov apimv 'Innip 
pcptjvvaBiu rov piv &nia X ovro ug npociSorog, povXSpcvoi ci npiv 
KvXXtjfQrjvai, Sputravrig rt cat KtvStiveCtrat, rip 'Innapyoi ntpi- 
rv X 6vreg nepi to AcuiKOptov xaXovpcvov ryv ttavadiiva'iKyv 
nopm)v SutKoopovvri ancicruvav . noXk/l Si cat aXXa, In Kai 
vav bvra cai ov xpovqi Apvyaroipeva, Kai oi dXXot "EXXyvcg ovk 
bpBug oiovrai, (Sonep rovg re AaxeSaipoviuv fSaaiXeag pi) pip 
Jiippip npooTiBtoBai Icartpoa, AXXA Sooiv, xal t bv Hiraxari/i/ 

X6 X ov abroig elvai, 85 oio' iyevero nunorc. ovrug iiraXai- 
nupog role noXXoig »; Xyrijirig rijg aXyBeiag xal ini ra eroZpa 
paXXov Tpr.novrat. 

(B). — Thucydides, Book L, o. 41. 

Aicaiupara piv ovv rave npog ipag ixopev, ixava Kara rovg 
'EXXyvuv vipovg, napaivemv Si Kai aXiumv \apiT0g roiavcc, 
i)v ovk i x 0poi bvreg blare fiXanreiv ov S' av ipiXm Sot' imxpijir- 
Bai, dvnSoBijviu bjpiv iv Tip nap&vn if, a piv xpijvai. veuv yap 
paxpuv anaviaavTeg irore irpbg tuv Alyivyruv ijrlp ra XltjSiKa 
noXepov irapu KopivBiuv sixain vavg iXafierc cai 1) ebepyeola 
aim) re Kai rj Ig Sapiovg, rb Si r)pag XleXotrowt] triovg abroig 
pi) poyByocu, irapi<r X £v vptv Alyivyruv piv IniKpaTijmv, Eapiuv 
Si xSAamv, Kai Iv ratpotc 70ioirote iyivero, olg paAitrra SvBpa- 
toi in' IxQpovg robg snptrepovg iovreg tuv niivruv anspionrot 
eiai napti rb vucav ipiXov re yap yyouvrai rov vnovpyovvra, 
i)v xal nponpov IxBpbg y, noXipibv re TUV avTicruvra, i)v Kai 
Ti x y ifiXog wv, Ivsi cat 7a o'aeeia ycipov rlBevrai QiXovetxiag 
ivexa rye avriae. 

1. (a) Analyze tlie construction of the first sentence 
of extract (A), commenting on the voice of irtarevoai. 
How would the conjectural reading 7r«rrto<rat affect the 
meaning? (b) Adyvaluv yovv, what is the force of the 
particle here ? (c) Explain, by a paraphrase, the words 
povXipevoi — opdoavrig ti Kai KivSvvevcrai, noting par- 
ticularly the effect of the particle cat. (d) Explain 
the meanings of Asoncopiov and Havadyva'iicri nopni). 
(e) What is the literal translation of piy. ipi/tpy irpoaridea- 
Bai 1 (/) Explain the assertion, og ovS“ iyevero nun ore. 

2. Write such critical and explanatory notes as you 
may think necessary on extract (B). 

3. Translate and explain the grammatical construc- 
tion of each of the following sentences .■ — 

(a) k ai napASeiypa rSSe 70S Xoyou oSk IXA^iorov ion, Sia 
reeg peroixlag ig rti aXXa pi) bpelug abXyByvai. 

(/3) Xeyoum Si xal ol ra oajiiara-a HeXonovvyoiu v pvypy 
rrcipu tuv nporepov StSeypevoi, k. t. X. 

(y) ncplvsug Si oie ekog noXXobg XvpnXelv, tXu tuv /3a- 
mXsuv Kai tuv paXiora iv riXei, aXXug re Kai ptX- 
Xovrag nsXayog nspatucioBai. 

(I) ine-ykvero Si aXXoig re aKXoBi KuXipara pi) avXyBiivai, 

1. Prom what sources did Herodotus derive the in- 
formation contained in his work, and what was the 
object of the work itself? 

2. (a) What is the exact force of the perf. imperat. 
oeSriXuaQio and dpyaQto in extract (A) ? ( b ) Explain the 
construction of the clause eg rovg olroi ojiLkovto avdpu- 
irovg, yoyrag elvai ndvrag. (c) Also of in baov paK- 
pbrarov laropevv-a 7/v i^tKeodai, 

3. Point out any geographical errors in extract (A). 

4. Give the Attic forms of the following words 
bvdpuin yia, rpiyuovriipepog, ruvri, i)pepeuv, KarvnepOe, 
evrevdev, peaupfipli), oySuKOvra, eSvviaro ; and the 
Herodotean forms of yvuipatg, SiaipiiaQai, inoiovvro, 
flovXotvro, nur, lead’ anep, piyeQog- 

5. Write any critical or explanatory notes that you 
may think necessary on extracts (B) and (C). 

6. State the laws of the Iambic trimeter, and Ana- 
p&stic metres. 

xal Iuoi — Klip 05 xai y 

(«) ei yap sipyrai iv raig onovSaXg IXsivai nap' bnoripoig 
ng ruv aypdtpuv noXcuv fiouXeTai iXOeiv, ob roig 
ixi f}Xa/3y iripuv lovoiv »/ XvvOriKy lortv, AXX’ Song, 
pi) SXXov iavrov anoorepuv dapaXciag Seirai, Kai 
Song pi) roig SeKapevoig el auippovovoi, nbXepov 
avr ilpi)vr)g noirioii. 

4. Distinguish between the following words and 
phrases : — reKpijpiov and otipeZov, (3 log and Zwr), Krfjaig 
and tcrijpa, ivaoKeviiZeodai and KaraiTKeva^eaOat, to oil 
fivdubeg and to fir/ pvdude g, mparela and arpanu, ulna 
and Kari)yopla. 

5. Give the etymology and meaning of each of the 
following : — KpwpvXog, inijXvreg, Attiki), ii.nooairp.6s, 
nevri)K6vTOpog, hepai^vyg, itraXalnuipog, ctfiacrcivicrog, 
livd-iXeyKTog, Xoyoypaipog, ayioviopa, navi )yvpig, xpoiea- 
Tapxerdai, inibijpiovpyol, Bi£K7rXooc. 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



Appendix D. 6. Explain the nature of tlie grammatical figures, 

Litotes and Anacoluthon, and give examples of each 

from Thucydides. 

Sessional 7. Give examples of the use of the superlative for the 

Examinations comparative degree of adjectives, and explain the prin- 
ciple of that construction. 

8. Ch. xxiii. T<3j' 3s xpo-iptov ipytov piyitrrov l-paydt] 
to MjjSixov, kci! roCro Spioe ovdiv vtwpaxiuiv ealyrefopa- 
yiaiv Taycitiv Tijp splat v etryt. Give the localities, the 
contending parties, the residts, and the dates of the 
battles here referred to. 

9. Give a short account of the constitutional and 
judicial changes which took place at Athens, under 

II. — Translate — 

(C). — Sophocles — (E dipus Coloneus, vv. 254-270. 
rt cijra So£jje» V t l Kkijclvog caXije 
pari]V ptobope upeXtipa ylyvtrai, 
si r&e 7 'A&rjvcts faoi BtooefitoraTas 
ttvcu, florae ol tov k okov/uvov Ktvov 
trwZtiv tints ts, jeed piivas npmtv tytiv. 

K&polyt irou j-aBr’ itrriv, oinvcg ftaOpiov 
ik TtivSi n’ igapavric sir’ iXauvtTt, 
uvo/ia fiovov Stloavrte i ydp St) to ye 
outfi, olSe rttpya r op’ inti ra y tpyu / tov 
5r£iroi/0or' tori fiaWov ij ciipaKiSrn, 

(! trot ru pvrpSs icui Tarpig XP 1 '1 Xeyeiv, 
itv oivtK icfoftti pt' rovr' lytlt KtiXCjg 

IgoiSa. Kairoi tCiq iytit taxis tpbtnv, 

Sens traSthv piv dvriSptoo, Her', tl rbaovuiv 
l Tpaooov, oiiS’ av US' lyiyvSpnv k«ko£ ; 
vuv o' oitSkv tic we Inoptiv «V iKoprjv 
ip’ Siv S' iiratrxov, tlSoratv itTiuXXbfitiv. 

(D). — Sophocles — OH dipus Coloneus, vv. 693-716. 
toriv S', olov lyut yag 'Aaiag txrp. /3'. 

o{ik hraicouto, 

oio 1 lv rp fitytOAif AotpiSi va- 
trtp HfXoTOIJ TlbtTOTt fiAuorov 
ftiTtv/i dytlpiorcv, airoiroiov, 
lyX&wv tp6i3tijia Saiuv, 

3 rpdt SaXXti fiiyiara x^ptj. 
yXaVKcic iraicorpofyov t/tiXXov iXaioj" 
rb fiev Tie °i vitiipoSi “bn yi/pip 
at]fiaivtov c'Au'jcu yfpi xsp- 
trag' b y&p allv bpiov kIkXos 
X ivaon viv Mo plov Aioj, 

%d yXovnCmie 'ASdva. 

aXX av S' alvov tx<o fiarpoiriXu dvr. ft'. 

rpos Kpariarov, 

SiSpov row ptydXov Sal/iovoe, ti- 
iriiv, xOovbs uvx>/pa peytorov, 
eihrirov. eOirwXov, tbBdXaaoov, 
it xaT KpSvou, ab yap viv tie 
roS' tloag ‘tt’xtui', avaK rioimJdv, ’ 

'ixxoiaiv rbv dxtOTijpa xaXivbv 
Tpwraioi raigSt up long ayviatg. 
a S’ tuiipiT/tne tKtrayX' aXia 
Xtpei xapaxroptva trXdra 
Bpcboxti, ruin iKarofirfSiov 
NtlppSuv a’KuXovOoe. 

1. (a) What is the exact force of pivae in extract 
(0)7 (h) Supply the ellipsis in the clause beginning 
Kupoiye tov t«vt' itrriv, oimvtc k. t. X. (c) Quote a par- 
allel passage, from an English poet, to vv. 2C3, 264. 

2. (a) Explain the construction of the genitive ycic 
'Kolas in extract (D). (ft) Account for the epithet 
Aoipi'Sc (y) Oommcnt on the phrase tyxf'"’' 0o/li}/tn 
Saitov. (2) Explain the epithets TaMrpotpoc and M<ip«) C . 

3. Describe the boundaries of Bcnotia and Attica 
and the position of Colonos. . 

Jomr Ryall, Professor. 

JnxiOB Latix Glass. 

Cicero de Senectute. 

Translate into English : — 

Melius Caeeilius de sene alteri saecnlo prospiciente 
quam illiul idem : — 

Edepol, senectus, si nil qnidquam aliud vitf 
Apjiortes tecum, quum advenis, unum id sat est 
Quod diii vivendo multa quae non volt videt. 

Et multa fortasso qnao vult ! atqnc in ea quidem, qnao 
non vult, saepe etiam adolesoentia iucurrit. Ulud vero 
idem Caeeilius vitiosius : — 

Turn equidem in seuecta hoc depute miserrimum 
Sentire ca aetate esse so odiosuxn alteri. ’ 

Iucundum potius quam odiosum. Ut enim adoles- 
centibus bona indole praeditis sapientes senes delec- 
tantur leviorque fit senectus corum, qni a iuventute 
eoluntur et diliguntnr, sio adoleseentes seiium praceeptis 
gamdent, qnibus ad virtutum studia duenntnr: nee 
minus intelligo me vobis quam mihi vos esse iucundos. 
Sed videtis ut senectus non mndo languida atque iners 
non sit, verum etiam sit operosa et semper a^ens 
aliquid et moliens, tale scilicet, quale cuiusque stmfium 
in superiore vita fuit. Quid, quod etiam addiscunt 
aliquid 1 ut Solonem versibus gloriantem videmus, qui 
se quotidie aliquid addiscentem senem fieri dicit ; ut e<»o 
feci, qui literas Graecos didici senex ; quas quidem sic 
a vide arripui, quasi diuturnam sitim explore cupiens, utea 
ipsa mihi notacsscnt,quibus nienuneexemplis uti videtis. 
Quod quum fecissc Socratem in fidibus audirem, vellem 
equidem etiam illud : discebant enim fidibus antiqui : sed 
in literis certe elaboravi. 

1. Give the principal parts of disco, fero, despicio, 
contingo, lavo, desero, vcho. 

2. Write the verses above quoted, with the feet 
divided, and the accents marked. 

3. What was the object of the Lex Voconia? 

4. What hooks did Cato write ? 

5. Give short biographies of the interlocutors in the 
Dialogue Do Senectute. 

Translate into Latin : — 

He was within a little of being killed. It cannot ho 
denied that it is disgraceful to break one’s word. It 
cannot bo denied that duty commands ns to keep our 
promises. I am within a very little of being most 
miserable. No one is so iron-hearted as not to love his 
own children. I cannot but send you a letter daily. 
That you may be able to learn much, do not learn 
many things. The truly wiso man will never doubt 
that the soul is immortal. I will not object to your 
banishing me. I will not object to your leaving the 
city. It cannot he denied that the rational faculty 
shouldysomman d the heart. It canuotdio that the mind 
is not immortal. 

Junior Latin Class. 

Horace — Odes, Book II., 1. 

Translate into English : — 

Motum ex Metello console civicum, 
Belliquo causas, et vitia et modos, 
Ltuluinque fortuntc, gravesque, 
.L’rincipmn amicitiaa, et arroa 
Nondum expiatia uncta cruoribus, 
Periculosco plenum opus aleae, 
Tractas et inccdis per ignes 
Snppositos cineri doloso, 

Panlum sevevae Musa Tragmdiaj 
Desit theatris : mox, ubi publicas 
Res ordinaris, grande munns 
Cccropio repetes cotliurno, 
Insigne macstis pnesidium rois, 

Et consulenti, Pollio, curia.’, 

Cui laurus tu tomes honores 
Dalmatico, peperit triumpho. 
lam nunc niinaci murmure cornuum 
Perstringis aures, iam litui strepnnt; 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



Jam fnlgor armorum fugaces 
Terret equos equi turn qua vultus. 

Yidere magnos jam videor duces 
Non indecoro pnlvere sordidos, 

Bt cuncta terrarum subacta, 

Prater atrocem animum Catonis. 

Juno et Deorum quisquis amicior 
AMs inulta cesserat impotens 
Tellure victorum nepotes 
Rettulit inferias J ugurtlue. 

Quis non Latino sanguine pinguior 
Campus sepulchris impia prcelia 
Testatuv, auditum quo Medis 
Hesperia sonitum runue? 

Qni gurges aut qua flumina lugubris 
Ignara belli ? qtiod mare Daum® 

Non decoloravere cmdes? 

Sed ne relictis, Husa procax jocis, 

Cc® retractes munera namias : 

Mecum Diorneo sub autro 
Queere modos leviore plectro. 

1. Explain the historical allusions in the above 

extract. _ . 

2. Give examples of metrical irregularities which 
occur in the Alcaic Odes of Horace. 

3. Write a life of Horace. Quote some passages from 
his writings which illustrate this subject. 

4. Describe the situation of Ager Falernus, Tibur, 
Syrtis Major, Galaesus, Venusia, nymettus, Philippi. 

5. Give the derivations of the following words 
hydrops, solium, diadema, bacchari, reclino. Distin- 
guish between socins and sodalis. 

Translate into Latin elegiacs 

Eastern husbands alone have a happy funeral. 

Whom Aurora with her horses dyes ; 

For when the funeral-torch is applied to the death- 
bearing couch, 

His dutiful wives stand with their hair cut off, 

And enter into a contest for death, which should follow 

Her husband ; it is a disgrace not to have been 
allowed to die. 

Those who conquer are all eagerness, and give them- 
selves to the flanio ; 

And apply their lips to their husband’s. 

Senior Latin Class. 

Tacitus Histories . — Book I.— Chap. 15. 

Translate into English : — 

Igitur Galba, adprehensa Pisonis manu, in bunc 
niodum locutus fertur si te privatus lege curiata apnd 
pontifices, ut molds est, adoptarem, et niihi egregium 
erat Gn. Pompeii et M. Crassi subolein in penates meos 
adsciscere, et tibi insigne Sulpici® ac Lutatiac decora, 
nobilitati turn adjecisse- nunc me deorum hominumque 
consensu ad imperium vocatum praeclara indoles tua 
et amor patriae impulit utp rincipatnm, de quo maiores 
nostri armis certabant, hello adeptus quiescouti ofteram, 
exemplo divi Augusti, qui sororis filium Marccllum, 
dein generum Agrippam, mox nepotes suos, postremo 
Tiberium Neronem privignum in proximo sibi fastigio 
colloeavit, sed Augustus, in domo successorem qnaesivit, 
ego in re publica, non quia propinquos aut socios belli 
non habeam : sed nequo ipse imperium ambitione 
accepi, ct iudieii mei documentum sint non mete 
tantum nocessitudines, quas tibi postposui, sed et turn 
est tibi frater pari nobilitate, natu iiiaior, dignus hac 
fortuna, nisi tu potior esses, ea aetas tua,_ quae 
cupiditates adulescentiae iam effugerit, ; ea vita, m qua 
nihil praeteritum exensandum habeas, fortnnam adhno 
tantum adversam tulisti : secundae res acnonbus sti- 
mulis animos explorant, quia misoriae tolerantur, feli- 
citate corrmnpimur. Fidem, liberlatem,, 
praecipua liumani animi boua, tu quidciu eadem o - 
stantia retinebis, sed alii per obseqmum nnminaent 
inrumpet adulatio, blauditiae, pessimum ven afiectus 
venenum, sua cuique utilitas et iam ego ac u simp 
eissime inter nos hodie loquimur : ceten hbentius cum 
fortuna nostra quam nobiscum, nam suadero prmcipz 

quod oporteat, multi laboris. Adscntatio erga quern- Appendix D. 
cumque principem sine affectu peragitur. Examinatioa 

1. Mention some instances in which the Latinity of Papers for 

Tacitus differs from that of Cicero. Sessional 

2. Describe the state of the Roman Empire at Galba's Examinations 

3. How did tlie Romans reckon money? 

4. Non erat Othonis mollis et corpori shnilis animus. 

Quote a parallel passage from Juvenal. 

5. Where was the milliarium aureum ? 

6. By whom were the Pratoriau Guards organized ? 

"What were their special privileges 1 Where was their 
camp situated ? 

Translate into Latin hexameters : — 

Ye mists and exhalations ! that now rise 
Prom hill, or steaming lake, dusky or gray, 

Till the sun paint your fleecy skirts with gold. 

In honour of the world’s great Author rise; 

Whether to deck with clouds the uncoloured sky, 

Or wet the thirsty earth with falling showers, 

Rising or falling still advance his praise. 

His praise, ye winds, that from four quarters blow, 

Breathe soft or loud ; and wave your tops, ye pines. 

With every plant, in sign of worship wave. 

Senior Latin Class. 

Oicero's Tusculan Disputations. — Book I, — Chap. 25. 

Translate into English : — 

Quorsus igitur baec spectat oratio ? Quae sit ilia vis 
et nude sit intellegendum pnto. Non est certe nee cordis, 
nec sanguinis, nec cerebri, nee atomorum. Anima sit 
ignisve, nescio : nec me pudet, ut istos, fateri nescire 
quod nesciam. Illud si ulla alia do re obscura adfirmare 
possum sive anima sive ignis sit animus, eum jurarem 
esse diviuum. 

Quid enira 1 obsocro te : terrane tibi, hoc nebuloso 
et caliginoso caelo aut sata aut concreta videtur tanta 
vis memoriae? Si quid sit hoc non vides: at quale sit, 
vides : si ne id quidem : at quantum sit profecto vides. 

Quid igitur? utrum capacitatem all quam in animo 
putamus esse, quo tanquara in aliquod vas ea quae 
meminimus infundantur ? Absurdum jd quidem qui 
enim fundus, aut quae tabs animi figura intellegi potest? 
aut quae tanta oninino capacitas? An imprimi quasi 
ceram animum putamus, et esse memoriam signataram 
rerum in mente vestigia ? Quae possunt verborum, quae 
rerum ipsarum esse vestigia ? quae porro tarn immensa 
magnitudo, quae illatam multa possit effingere? Quid ? 
ilia vis quae tandem est, quae, investigat occulta, quae 
inventio atque excogitatio dicitnr? Ex hacne tibi 
terrena, mortalique natura et caduca concretus esse 
videtur? aut qui primus, quod summae sapientiae Pytha- 
gorae visum est, omnibus rebus inposuit nomina ? aut 
qui dissupatos homines congregavit, et ad societatem 
vitae convoeavit? aut qui sonos vocis, qui infiniti vide- 
bantur paucis literarum notis terminavit? aut qui 
errantium stellarum cursus, progressiones, institiones 
notavit ? Omnes magni : etiam superiors, qui fruges, 
qui vestitum, qui tecta, qui cultum vitae, qui praesidia 
contra feras invenernnt; a quibus mansuefacti et 
exeulti, a nccessariis ai'tificiisaH elegantiora defluxmius : 
nam et auribus oblectatio magna parta est, raventa 
et temperata varietate ct natura sonorum; et astra 
suspeximus, cum ea quae sunt infixa certis locis, turn 
ilia non re sed vocabulo errantia. Quorum conver- 
sions omnisquemotus qui animo vidit, is docuit similem 
animum suum ejus esse, qui ea fabricatns esset in caelo, 

Nam cum Archimedes lunae, solis quinque errantium 
motus in sphaeram inligavit ; effecit idem quod illc qui in 
Timaeo mundum aedificavit Platonis deus : ut tarditato 
et celeritate dissimillmnos motus una regeret con- 
versio. Quod si in hoc mundo fieri sine deo non 
potest, ne in sphaera quidem eosdem motus Archi- 
medes sine divino ingenio potuisset iinitari. 

1. Annis enim fere cccccx. post Romani conditam 
Livi'ns fabulum dedit C. Claudio Caeci filio, M. Tuditano 
consulibus ; anno ante natum Ennium, qui fuit major 
natu, quam Plautus et Nacvius. 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



AiPF.troix D. Explain the chronological difficulty in the above 
— — passage, and give some account of the works of the 

Examination ail thors therein mentioned. 

SeMionai r 2. When did Cicero write the Tnsculan Disputatious? 

Examinations What other treatises did he compose about the same 
time ? 

3. Assum alqui adveuio Acherunte vix via alta 
atque ardua, 

Per speluncas saxis structas asperis pendentibus, 

Maxumis, ubi rigida constat crassa caligo iriferum. 

What is the metre of these lines ? State its principal 

4. Give an outline of the first book of Tnsculan 
Disputations. By what arguments does Cicero en- 
deavour to prove the immortality of the soul ? 

5. Mention the leading features of the philosophical 
system of Epicurus. 

Translate into Latin : — 

You act much as if any one, after diligently weighing 
the force of words, should employ an impure style. You 
act just as if any one should give up an opinion for a 
word. This is much as if one should remove the yoke 
of slavery from the neck of an unwilling person. This 
is much as if any one should wish to receive again the 
yoke of slavery which he had once shaken off. You 
are acting just as if two philosophers, in discussing 
together the nature of virtue, should attach a very 
different meaning to the word virtue itself. Do not, 
C. Caesar, I beseech you, l>y your love for your country, 
by the temples of the immortal gods, look upon my 
calamity as your triumph. The idea of your hesitating 
to violate the sacred claims of duty. The Romans took 
by storm this very strongly fortified city, which is also 
the key of the whole of Greece. The idea of your ever 
moving one to compassion ; what, you give up pos- 
session ! You act as much as if one should think that 
a man who has entered public life can draw a quiet 
breath when he pleases. Is he, pray, free, who from 
the day that he entered public life never drew a quiet 
breath ? 

B. Lewis, Professor. 


1. Give an outline of the invasions of the northern 
tribes in the 5th century. 

2. Mention the origin of the Slavonians and of the 
Hungarians, and characterize their action in medimval 

3. Whence did the Angles, Saxons, Jutes, Danes, 
and Normans, come into Britain? 

4. Give the dates of the Roman, the Saxon, and the 
Norman invasions in Britain. 

5. What was the Heptarchy? Prom what is its 
name derived ? 

6. Give the current traditions as to the life and 
exploits of Alfred the Great. 

7. Explain the importance of Alfred the Great in 
English history. 

8. Give a brief parallel between Charlemagne and 
Alfred the Great. 

9. What was the origin of William the Conqueror ? 
How did he obtain the crown of England ? 

10. State the character which resulted to England 
from the Norman Conquest. 

11. State the origin of the Capetian dynasty? 

12. _What is the Salic Law? Give an instance of its 

13. What were the claims of Edward III. to the 
throne of Prance ? 

14. Give a brief account of the origin and progress 
of the Crusades. 

15. State fully the benefits which you consider to 
have resulted from the Crusades. 

16. Say what you know of the reign and character 
Philippe le Bel of Prance. 

17. Give a brief account of the extinction of the 
kingdom of the Visigoths in Spain. 

18. Mention what renders the year 1,000 memorable 
in history. 

19. Say wliat you know of the Hanseatic League 

20. Give the origin and subsequent signification of 
the words Gnelfs and Ghibellins. 

21. Name the Hohenstaufen Emperors of Germau'- 
in chronological order. 

22. What was the origin of the Hapsburgh Dynasty? 

23. Mention what revolutions render the fourteenth 
century particularly remarkable. 

24. Say what you know of Jagellon and of his 
dynasty. Give the date of the battle of Tannenberg. 

Exglisii Language. 

I. Whence did the Angles, Saxons, Jutes, Danes and 
Normans come into Britain? What account ’does 
Tacitus give of the Angles ? 

3. Say what you know of Friesland and its language. 

3. Give the derivations of the following words -LI 
Bishopric, romance, heaven. 

4. State the principal elements of the English lan- 
guage, and the proportions of each. 

5. In what manner, and under what influence does 
the old regular Anglo-Saxon appear to have perished? 

6. State the successive stages through which the 
English language has passed since the Norman conquest, 
giving under each the name by which it was cha- 
racterized in the lectures, with the principal writers and 
their characteristics, down to the present day. 

7. Why have philologists substituted the name “ Indo- 
European” for “ ludo-Germanic,” the designation of a 
family of languages ? 

8. Describe the ramifications of what is called the 
Indo-European family. 

9. When did Britain receive the largest influx of 
words derived immediately from the Latin ? 

10. Of what kind are most of the English words 
which are derived from the Greek ? 

II. What was formerly the characteristic of the 
plural persons of the verb in English ? 

12. Wliat was the old termination of the present 
participle ? 

13. Wliat parts of speech govern objective cases? 
give examples. 

14. Compare tlic English language as an instrument 
of expression with any other language or languages 
with which you may be acquainted. 

15. Parse tbe following sentence, explaining the gram- 
matical construction: — “He laboured faithfully in the 
cause, but was unsuccessful.” 

Modern Languages. 

Translate into French : — 

Columbus was fully sensible of his perilous situation. 
He had observed, with great uneasiness, the fatal opera- 
tion of ignorance and of fear in producing disaffection 
among his crew, and saw that it was now ready to burst 
out into open mutiny. Ho retained, however, perfect 
presence of mind. He affected to seem ignorant of 
their machinations. Notwithstanding the agitation and 
solicitude of his own mind, lie appeared with a cheerful 
countenance, like a man satisfied with tlieprogress he had 
made, and confident of success. Sometimes he employed 
all the arts of insinuation to soothe his men . Sometimes 
he endeavoured to work upon their ambition or avarice 
by magnificent descriptions of the fame and wealth 
which they were about to acquire. On other occasions, 
he assumed a tone of authority, and threatened thernjf 
with vengeance from their sovereign, if, by their 
dastardly behaviour, they should defeat this noble effort 
to promote the glory of God, and to exalt the Spanish 
name above that of every other nation. Even with sedi- 
tious sailors, the words of a man whom they had been 
accustomed to reverence were weighty and persuasive, 
and not only restrained them from those violent excesses 
which they meditated, but prevailed with them to 
accompany their admiral for some time longer. 

1. Give examples of the negative being used in 
French and not in English. Explain the rule. 

2. Explain the difference between the French ana 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



English words emphase and emphasis, agrSer and to agree, 
menager and to manage, monnaie and money. 

3. Translate “ you ought to learn it," and “ you ought 
to have learnt it." 

4. How is the adverb just, followed by a participle, 
rendered in French? 

5. Which are the earliest lasting monuments of the 
history of French literature ? 

6. How does the poetry of France differ from that of 
other countries ? 

7. Characterize the genius of Racine. Say which 
are considered to be his best plays ; class them according 
to eminence. 

8. When did Lafontaine live, and what is the cha- 
racter of his fables ? 

R. de Yebicotjk, Professor. 

Celtic. — Viva voce. 

On the Grammatical Construction of the Celtic Lan- 
guage, g’-c. 

1. How many articles are there in the Irish language ? 

2. How many genders are there? How many classes 
or declensions of nouns ? 

3. When the definite article the is used twice, in con- 
nexion with two nouns, as, for instance, “ the trees of the 
wood,” how would you express the same in Irish ? In 
what instance is the article repeated ? an tr-utan pin na 

4. How many letters in the modern Irish alphabet? 
— Seventeen and h. 

5. What were the three first letters of the ancient 
Irish alphabet ? 

6. How do you express the English indefinite article 
a or tin in Irish ? peap, lolup. By simply expressing 
the noun. 

7. As we have not the characters v, w, and y in our 
alphabet, by what letters and means are they substituted 
or expressed ? 

8. Does any of the consonants lose altogether its 
sound, and, if so, by what influence ? — p and the eclipsed 

9. Is thero any rule in grammar authorizing the 
aspiration of consonants in the middle of primitive or 
uncompounded words? — None except usage or euphony. 

10. Do the consonants in the beginning of words — 
i.e, as the primary letters, undergo any change in their 
sounds ; and if so, by what causes ? — They are aspirated 
by the influence of preceding words or particles. 

11. Is the Irish definite article ever used to express 
the English indefinite? — Yes, particularly when the 
assertive verb is used, as ip mate an peap 4. He is a 
good man. 

12. What influence has the definite article on nouns 
beginning with mutable consonants to distinguish their 
gender ? 

13. What are the exceptions to this rule? 

14. Decline peap, with and without the article. 

15. How is the gender of nouns beginning with 
vowels distinguished by the influence of the article ? 

16. What influence has the article on the primary 
letter of nouns in the gen. plural ? 

17. What letter of the alphabet is usually designated 
the Queen of Consonants, and why so called 

18. flow do you express yes and no in Irish, aud 
analyze these expressions ? 

19. What influence has the interjection a on the 
'.primary consonant of the noun in the vocative? Is 

there any exception? Decline pcian, a knife. 

20. What is the nature of edipsis? 

21. How are the declensions or classes of nouns and 
adjectives distinguished ? By terminative inflexions, 
or increase, or by both ? 

22. How many terminative variations and casfis 
have nouns generally ? 

.23. What are the principal irregular nouns? dia, 
la, boan, b6, cfli, mi. 

24. Are there any nouns that do not vary in the 
termination, and, if so, are they invariable in both 

25. Has the dative plural any termination but one, Appendix D. 

and, if so, state its correctness or the reverse ? 

26. State how many declensions are given in the Examination 
grammars of Ncilson, Holiday, Connellan, O’Donovan, Sessional* 
and Bourlce, with any remarks as to the requisite Examinations 

27. What is the general position of adjectives in 
connexion with substantives? Give an example. 

28. What is the position of numeral adjectives in 
connexion with nouns? 

29. When the assertive verb ip, is, or the interroga- 
tive an, whether, are used in connexion with a substan- 
tive and adjective, what is the position of the adjective 
in that case ? 

30. Is the gender of adjectives shown by the influ- 
ence of the article on their primary consonants ? 

31. When the article is not used, does the adjective, 
following its noun, show the gender of that noun ; and, 
if so, in what manner ? Give an illustration. 

32. Does any change take place in the primary 
vowels of adjectives, by the influence of the article, 
when they precede their nouns? 

33. From number ten to twenty — that is, when a 
unit and decimal are used, what is the position of the 
noun in connexion with them ? 

34. What are the genitives of personal pronouns 
called? B.epeat them in the singular and plural. 

35. What influence have the possessive pronouns, 
singular and plural, on the primary consonants of nouns 
and adjectives ? What influence on those beginning 
with vowels, masculine and feminine ? 

36. Compare the adjectives green, good, bad, great, 
little, and near in Irish. 

37. In what instauces does the adjective precede the 
noun ? 

38. In what case do the prefixes O’ and Mac govern 
the names of families? 

39. Has the adjective any influence on the primary 
consonant of the noun, verb, or adjective that follows 
it? If any, give an illustration, mop, liieainnar, lax; 
piuibail pe, jlap cotU. 

40. Decline ag and me compounded. Repeat the em- 
phatic form of the personal pronoun, singular and plural ; 
also, the emphatic form of the compounded pronoun 

41. How many tenses has the verb ? What is the 
root of the verb ? Are the tenses distinguished by 
terminative variations, by prefixes, or by both? 

42. What is the difference between the analytic and 
synthetic forms of the verb ? 

43. Repeat the preter. afiir. indie, act. of nean, in the 
synthetic form, and the neg. of same in the analytic 

44. What are the signs of the infinitive mood and 
participles? What influence have they on the initial 
letter of the verb? 

45. In what case do the infinitive mood and partici- 
ples active govern the noun ? 

46. In what instances do personal pronouns agree 
with the nouns to which they refer, in gender, number, 
and person ? 

47. Are the degrees of comparison formed by pre- 
fixes, affixes, or by both. 

48. How are adjectives converted into adverbs ? Give 
examples of the adjectives good and bad. 

49. In what person do you express the personal pro- 
noun separately iu the synthetic form of the verb ? 

50. In what instances do terminative variations occur 
in the analytic form of the verb ? Each tense has a 
distinct terminative form. 

51. As there is no verb in the modern Irish answer- 
ing to the verb to have, . what form of expression do you 
substitute for it in this language ; and in what other 
language do you find an analogy ? . 

52. How do you form the infinitive mood from the 
root of the verb? Are there exceptions to this rule? 

•oo labaipe, <fcc. 

53. What is the general position of demonstrative 
pronouns in connexion with nouns and adjectives? 

54. Is the noun or pronoun separately ever used with 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



Appendix D. tho synthetic form of the verb ? and, if so, explain its 
— — . elegance, correctness, or the reverse. 

55. What influence have the possessive pronouns on 
Sessional the radical letters of the nouns following them ? mo 
Examinations itcavp,, &c. mo mgean, &c. 

56. How do you express the interrogative affirmative 
in the third person plural and synthetic form of the 
verb 'oeati, as in the following phrase — Have they not 
done so ? 

57. What is the ordinary position of the verb in 
regard to its nominative case 1 qiouiie. 

58. How many irregular verbs are there in Irish ? 
Are any of these considered defective verbs ? 

59. What forms does the verb generally assume in 
the first and second persons singular, potential mood. 

60. How do you form the oonsuetudinal of the pre- 
sent and preter tenses of the assertive verb if? 

61. As there are no exact equivalents to yes and no 
in the language, wliat forms of the verb do yon use in 
asking a question and answering it? aft pcpioB eiu. 

62. Repeat the present tense, indicative active of the 
verb buiaib, emphatically, through all the persons, 
singular and plural. 

63. What is the ancient form, in old manuscripts of 
the third person plural of indicative mood active of the 
verb cap,, and analyze that form i 


1. On the grammatical construction of the Iberno- 
Celtic language, viva voce ; also, translations from Eng- 
lish to Celtic. 

2. Translate the following from Keating’s History of 
Ireland, p. 370, Haliday’s Edition : — 

', imojifio, o’ a horoe taog no maplicrd pe 
pponin •o’oU.rhutgari nipe i& pneacca, 7 tap tvcioprcrb 
•pota an baotg pan pneacca, epomap pta6 nuib v'a 
hob, 7 map cug "Detpnpe o’a haipe, a ■otubaipc pe 
beabayicam, 50 mbab maic 16 pern peap no beii atce 
atp a mbeimp naepi oaca cn> covmaipc ; map a cd, 
nac an pete atp a pobc, nac poba baotg aip a gpuiain, 
7 vac an cpneacca aip a cneap. 11 cd a patiiaib pm 
n’piop pe pdtnceap lldotpe, mac llipneac, 1 ppocaip 
Concoliap pan ceagbac. Hap ecr6 a Leabrcpearn, appt, 
Surotnift ctttpa pa na cop non) agabbaiii pdtn gan 
piop; 7 tioccuip Leabapccan no tlaoipe an w6 pm. 
Leip pm c&ivng Tldoipe op ipeab 1 nndib tletpnpe, 7 
cnipeap a putm mean a peipce "66, 7 lappap f pfitn no 
bpetc aip ebon d Concuibap. T^ug lldoipe doncct pip 
pm, gep beapg beip e, n’eccsba Choncobaip. "Cpiabbap 
pein 7 a nd bpacaip-i. CCmbe 7 CCpndn, 7 t)eipope, 
7 cpf cuogac bdoc map don pirn 50 h CCbbam, die a 
lipuiapanap congb&ib buianacca 6 pig CCbban, go 
ppmaip cuiapuipcbctib fceuiie tleipnpe, 7 guip 1 app 
n-a mnaoi no pein f. ^abap peapg Tldoipe go n-a 
bpacpaib mine pm, 7 cpi attain a h CCtbain 1 n -01 ten 
maap aip ceitea-o pe t)eipnpe, cap Sip combtiocc no 
tabaipe no riinmncip an Rfog 7 ndib pSin na gac leic 
poirite pm. 

3. Translate the following, taken from the Battle of 
Magh Leana, p. 40, published by the Irish Archaeological 
and Celtic Society : — 

CCp annpm no 61 pig cm npaoi a n-again ©ogam 
ogap no peap pdilce 50 miocaip mnmciopna ppip, 
agap no pnee beip n’lonnpoige pig na h-©appdme e, 
agap do bdi an piog 50 popbpaoibeach poirite, agap 
do cuipean 6 pern agap a riinmncip a n-cigcib aipe- 
agoa, agap no ppeapntan, agap no ppicedban go 
Yi-on6pac ion go ceann cpi bd agap ceopa n-oince ; 
agap cuigao go h-eibeap ion lap pm, agap no piap- 
pcad a n-coipg agap a n-empap niob. t)o mmp 

edgan no map no h-ionnapban 6 pern agap a riiumn- 
mp a h-©ipiim. CCp aim pin no pianaigecrt ag pf 0 g 
na h-eappdmo go h-ondpac am, agap cug comnriiea* 
lapcaip na h-©appdme no riinmncip ©ogam, agap no 
Oonganii ©ogan 1011a pocaip pern. CCgap no bdnap 
aimpeap niician ap an opnuigari pm. CCgap no bi 
edgan ag puipge pe 1)-ingin an pig an peon pm ; agap 
a nuibpanap mumncip ©dgam nac b-pacanap ptarii 
bean bum aibbe 1011a I, agap nac geabnaoip map 
amiheaba aca a n-ionnapban a h-©ipmn, ntaman 
bean n’Gdgan 1. CCp atm pn no coiimidpccd aonac 
agap dpn-oipeaccap ag ©ibeap, agap ednganap 11a 
lt-©appdmig tube no coiimidpan an uonaig pn, cim- 
ciobb a n-dipnpig ; agap no cdipgeati inuepairi agap 
dgbain na cpifie uric urn ppuot tlibeapac mac ©ibip; 
agapeutgero a lii-banncpacc agap a m-bantiodla uun 
beapa inapt! , rigpeapac, ingean an pig. CCgap no 
bdnap pbuiag an aonaig ag peiciorii neibbe edgam, 
agap a nurijpanap nac paciroap apiarii neac bard 
dibte loud ©ogan, nd bean bum nsipe iona beapa; 
agap gulp b’oipciop ndib coriiaoncuigan pe apoibe. 

4. Prom the Annals of the Four Masters, a.b. 1173 : — 
Tluipeanac uia cobcaig eppcop doipe aguip Raca 
boc, mac oige, beacc bogiiiop, gbm- gbomroe, Renba 
fobuipoa, eipne caipccbna na hbgna, epaop cnuiapaig 
11a candine, lup 'Ciofmacab bin aguip enaig nd boccaib 
aguip no amitgneaaul), lap naipnnean Saccapc 7 
neadon 7 aepa gaca gpard, tap nacnuiaduigao eaglaip 
iitomna, lap c.coifpeacccr& cearnpul.b agap peb gecro, 
lap iinbnaiii mtap mamipnpeac 7 pecctep, 7 gaca 
buibpa eccbtupcacna ; lap mbuiaro ccpabain, oibicpe, 
agap aitpige, po pawn a ppiopan no cuim nuiii 1 
nnuriipecctbp eobaim cibte 1 nnoipe an, 10, bd no 

Owen Connellan, Professor. 

Geometrv and Tbioonomethy. 

Junior Class. 

1. Give Euclid’s definitions of “vatio” and of “pro- 
portion.” Explain also wliat is meant by the “com- 
position of ratios.” 

2. Prove that the angle in a semicircle is a right 
angle, and state and prove the converse of this proposi- 
tion. Apply it to the problem of dividing a given 
scalene triangle into four isosceles triangles. 

3. Show how to inscribe a circle in a given triangle, 
and investigate analytically the expression for its radius 
in terms of the sides of the triangle. 

4. Show liow to describe an equilateral triangle equal 
to a given triangle. 

5. Find the area of an equilateral triangle each of 
whose sides is ten feet, and prove that it is equal to 
that of an isosceles triangle, each of whose equal sides 
is ten feet, and each of whose equal angles is 30°. 

6. Prove that similar plane figures are in the dupli- 
cate ratio of their homologous sides. 

7. Define tan. 0, see, 0, ami vers. 0, and express tan. 
0 in terms of sin. 0, and sin. 0 in terms of cot. 6. 

8. Investigate the values of sin. 45°, and sin. 30°, 
and thence deduce the value of sin. 15°. 

9. Reduce the expressions cos. (A+B) + cos. (A— B) 

and to forms adapted to logarithmio 


10. State the principal cases in the solution of plane 

triangles, and investigate the formula; requisite for their 
solution. , . 

11. The perpendicular altitude of a cone is 10 teet, 
and its vertical angle is 60°j find its soli d content. 

12. Prove the formula cos. / i j~ c ^ oa — , and 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



show that if A lie between 0 and 180°, the upper sign 
must be taken; but if A lie between 180° and 360°, tbe 
lower sign must be taken. 

13. Express sin. 3 A in terms of sin. A, and cos. 3 A 

in terms of cos. A, and lienee express ~ 

l. 3 A+cos. 3 A 
"i. A-cc 

in terms of sin. 2 A. 

14. Convert 75.3426 grades, French measure, into 
degrees, minutes, and seconds. 

15. Prove that in any plane triangle 

a* |-6 s +c 2 =2 ah cos. C-{-2 be cos. A+2 ac cos. B. 

Analytical Geometry and Calculus. 

Second Pear’s Class. 

1. Find the equation of a straight line which Slakes 
with the axis of a: an angle of 30°, and passes through 
a point whose co-ordinates are 1 and — 2. 

2. Deduce an expression for the tangent, and also 
for the cosine of the angle which the straight line 
y=ax- f b makes with the straight line y=a'x-\ -b'. Why 
are those expressions independent of b and b"l 

3. Show that the equation xy=ar represents an 
hyperbola. Determine its asymptotes, and find an 
expression for the radius of the circle which touches 
both the curve and the asymptotes. 

4. Find by integration the area of the above hyper- 
bola between the limits a=l and x=e, the base of the 
Naperian logarithms. 

5. Trace the complete locus defined by the equation 

6. Define a parabola, and show that its snbtangeut 
is bisected by the vertex, and that its subnormal is 

7. Provo by analytical geometry that, if two lines 
intersect in a circle, the rectangle under the segments 
of the one is equal to the rectangle under the segments 
of the other. 

8. Prove that if a right cylinder be cut obliquely by 
a plane, the section will be an ellipse, and hence deduce 
by the principles of projection an expression for the 
area of the ellipse. 

9. Define a maximum and a minimum value, and 
deduce by the application of Taylor’s Theorem the 
rules for their determination. Apply those rules to 

x 1 xtan x 

the following functions. v.K. : — , 

10. Determine the greatest cylinder that can be in- 
scribed in a given cone. 

11. Integrate the rational fractions 

x 1 dx a? dx dx 
afdV a*+l’ a(x 2 +x-(-l) 

12. Integrate the differentials 

e x 3? dx, dx dx 

xVx 1 — l.’.a^Vl+a:* 

13. Find the content and curved surface of the solid 
formed by the revolution of a parabola around its axis. 

14. Find the equation of the evolute to the hyper- 
bola of Question 3. 

G. Boole, ll.d., Professor. 

Mechanics, Hydrostatics and Optics. 

■„ 1. The longer arm of a lever is 12 inches, the shorter 
3 inches ; what weight at the extremity of the shorter 
arm will counterpoise two 2 os. weights on the longer 
arm at distances of 6 inches, and 12 inches from the 
fulcrum ? 

2. How is the sensibility of a balance altered by s 
change in the length of the arms or in the position of 
the centre of gravity? 

3. Through what space will a body descend in vacuo 
in ten seconds ? 

4. A cannon ball after striking the surface of water 

is frequently observed to rebound from it; how is this 
accounted for ? , 

5. A specific-gravity bottle holds 252-5 grains of 

water and 244 - 2 of alcohol, determine the specific gra- Appendix £). 
vity of the alcohol. 

6. W hat is the distinction between a x*eal and virtual ^ xaiI unation 
image, and under what circumstances are they formed 

by a convex lens ? Mmtions 

7. Some physiologists suppose that the eye accom- 
modates itself to viewing objects at difl'erent distances 
by a movement of the crystalline. How does such a 
movement satisfy the purpose ? 

8. Describe the reflecting stereoscope and its use. 

9. State Mariotte’s law, and the method by which it 
has been proved. 

10. A gas occupies 1,000 cubic inches under a pres- 
sure of 30 inches of mercury, wtiat volume would it 
occupy at a pressure of 25 inches ? 

1 1 . What is meant by a sidereal day? 

12. How may the pendulum be applied to determine 
the shape of the earth ? 

Mechanics, Hydrostatics, Optics, Astronomy. 

1. Determine the positions of equilibrium of a body 
which rests on a smooth horizontal plane when it 
touches the plane at but one point, distinguishing the 
cases where the equilibrium is stable, neutral, or 

2. In Atwood's machine, if the weights be 01 and 
50 respectively, and if the greater weight is found to 
descend through 7 '4 inches in two seconds, determine, 
approximately, the accelerating force of gravity. 

3. If a body move in a circle of given radius, deter- 
mine the velocity when the centrifugal force is equal to 
the weight. 

4. How can the specific gravity of a solid body be 
determined by means of the specific-gravity bottle ? 

5. The radius of a concave spherical reflector being 
12 inches, determine the position ami lineal magnitude 
of an object whose length is 2 inches, when placed at 
the distances of 20, S, and 4 inches from the reflector. 

6. How has the compressibility of water been 
proved ? 

7. From observing the inclination of a plane at which 
a heavy body begins to slide, determine co-efficient of 

8. Describe the Gallilcan telescope, and explain why 
in it the object appears erect. 

9. Describe what is meant by diffraction of light, 
and give the explanation of it on the undulatory 

10. Explain the cause of the colours which are 
observed on placing a thin plate of crystal between the 
polarizing and analysing plates. 

11. Define the terms right ascension and declina- 
tion of a star, and the method employed for observing 

12. How has the true shape of the earth’s orbit been 
determined ? 

Heat, Electricity, Magnetism. 

1. If a flask of water be stopped when in a state of 
ebullition, and left cool below the boiling point, on 
immersing it in a vessel of cold water it again enters 
into ebullition, how is this explained ? 

2. Tbe heat of fusion of ice being 79c.2o, what 
change of temperature would 1 pound of ice effect in 
1 gallon of water at 60 F.? 

3. Determine the quantity of aqueous vapour in the 
atmosphere when the dry bulb thermometer stands at 
56, wet bulb 53, barometer 29.5 ? 

4. If a bar of soft iron be held vertically near a freely 
suspended horizontal magnet, describe and explain the 
action of the difl'erent portions of the bar on the magnet ? 

5. Describe Airy’s method cf compensating for the 
local attraction of iron ships. 

6. Describe Coulomb’s electrometer and the method 
by which by means of it tbe laws of electrical attrac- 
tions and repulsions have been established. 

7. Describe some experiments to show the heating 
effects of frictional electricity. 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 


Appendix D. 8- Describe the construction and action of Daniell’s 
-7—- constant battery. 

Examination 9 ^ battery may be arranged either by connecting 
Sessional together all the positive and all the negative metals, 
Examinations or by connecting positive and negative metals alter- 
nately ; in what circumstances should each arrangement 
be used ? 

10. Describe the aotion of two rectangular currents 
on each other. 

11. How may a magnet be made to rotate round a 
current, and state the direction of the rotation? 

12. Describe the physical characteristics of musical 
sounds, and the circumstances which modify their- pitch 
and intensity. 

IIeat and Electricity. 

1. On heating water in a glass tube, the surface of 
the water is observed first to fell and afterwards to rise ; 
what is the reason of this ? 

2. Describe the method of constructing a mercurial 
thermometer, and the scales most usually adopted. 

3. Experiment shows that a man may live for a con- 
siderable time in a dry atmosphere when raised to a very 
high temperature, but cannot endure a damp atmosphere 
at the same temperature, how is this explained ? 

4. State some experiments which prove that heat is 
refracted according to the same laws as light. 

„ 5. Either coating of an insulated Leyden jar may he 

touched when the jar is charged without experiencing 
a shock ; why is this the case ? 

6. Describe the construction of Smee’s battery, and 
state the direction of the current. 

7. How can a magnet be formed by means of a gal- 
vanic current ? 

8. Oue current may be made to induce another ; de- 
scribe the means of doing this, and state some of the 
most remarkable properties of the induced current 

9. A gold leaf electroscope being charged with posi- 
tive electricity, is approached to another body and the 
leaves collapse ; with what sort of electricity is this 
body charged ? 

10. How is it proved that there is a degree of co- 
hesion between the particles of a liquid. 

11. Although copper is much more fusible than pla- 
tinum, a galvanic current which can fuse a fine plati- 
num wire will not fuse a similar wire of copper ; how is 
this explained ? 

12. What volume will 31 grains of air occupy at 150, 

if it occupies 100 cubic inches at 60, ? 0 

Mathematical Physics — Mechanics. 

1. Find the force necessary to sustain a heavy body 
on a rough inclined plane. 

2. Two spheres of equal weight and volume, support 
another of the same weight ; the two former being at- 
tached by equal strings to a fixed point, find the con- 
dition of equilibrium. 

3. Apply the principle of virtual velocities to deter- 
mine the position of equilibrium of two heavy bodies 
which are connected by a string, and rest on the con- 
vex circumference of a circle in a vertical plane. 

4. Determine the position of a simple pendulum when 
the strain is equal to the weight. 

5. If two particles be projected from the same point 
at the same instant, with velocities V and V', and at 
angles of elevation L' andL, find the time which elapses 
between their transits through the other point which 
is common to both their orbits. 

6. Determine the time of oscillation of a heavy 
sphere of given radius, suspended by a rod of given 
length, neglecting the weight of the rod. 

7. A body revolves in an ellipse under the action of a 
force directed to the centre ; determine the law of force. 

8. Deduce the equation 

and apply it to determine the orbit when the force varies 
inversely as square of distance. 

9. Deduce the following formula for ascertaining the 
height of a mountain, neglecting the variation of the 
force of gravity, H — A (1 +£*) log. t, where 6 de- 
notes the excess of mean temperature of the air above 
32, p and p 1 the heights of the barometer at the lower 
and upper stations. 

Mathematical Physics, Optics, and Astronomy. 

1. A ray of light is incident on a prism, calculate 
in general the relation between the angles of incidence 
and emergence. 

2. In the same case determine the position of mini- 
mum dispersion. 

3. Determine the caustic formed by parallel rays 
incident on the concave circumference of a given circle. 

4. A ray of light is incident on a sphere, and emerges 
after two internal reflexions, find when deviation is 
a minimum. 

5. The radii of the surfaces of a meniscus being 4 and 
0 inches respectively, and the index of refraction be 5 
determine the position of the image of an object which' 
is placed 12 inches from the lens. 

6. Determine the curve of aberration of a star in 45" 

7. Given the sun’s declination, determine the time of 
sunrise in a given latitude, allowing for refraction. 

8. How from the mean anomaly can the eccentric 
anomaly be deduced ? 

Engineering Physics. 

1. A shaft 50 feet deep, and 6 feet in diameter, is 
filled with water to a depth of 20 feet, calculate the 
amount of work required to pump this shaft. 

2. What must be the horse-power of an engine whioh 
can perform this work in six hours, the modulus of the 
machinery being 75? 

3. If the resistance of the air to a train moving at 
the rate of 10 miles per hour be 30 pounds, calculate 
the greatest velocity which it can acquire in descending 
an incline of 1 in 150, friction being 7 pounds per ton, 
the weight of train being 50 tons. 

4. Compute the pressure on a rectangular sluice 4 
feet square, the bottom of which is 20 feet below the 

5. At what point should a single force equal to this 
pressure he applied in order to produce equilibrium ? 

6. Describe the action and relative advantages of the 
overshot wheel, Poncelot’s undershot wheel, and the 

Engineering Physics — Heat and Theory of Steam 

1. The specific heat of air being -267, what quantity 
of heat is required to raise 1 cnbic foot of air from 60, 
P. to 500, P. ? 

2. What relation exists between the co-efficients of 
linear superficial and cubical expansion ? 

3. If a bar of iron expand by of its length for 

100, C. what will be the length at 200, of a bar, which 
at 60, measures 75 feet? F 

4. How would you compute the strength of a steam 
boiler ? 

5. Boilers are sometimes made with vertical tubes ; in 
what cases would you uso these in preference to those 
with horizontal tubes. 

6. In a steam engine the diameter of cylinder is 72 
inches, length of stroke 3 feet, steam cut off at a £ 
stroke, if it make 90 strokes per minute, and vapour in 
condeuser have au elastic force of li pounds per square 
inch, pressure in cylinder 20 pounds. Determine — 

1. The effective Horse power, 

2. Evaporation, 

3. Expenditure of heat. 

John England. 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 




Pass Questions, to he answered by all Students. 

1. Give an example of Catalytic action. 

2. Give the different modes of preparing Hydrogen 
gas, and its properties. 

3. Describe the mode of preparation and the proper- 
ties of chlorine gas. 

4. State the doctrine of multiple proportions, and 
illustrate by an example. 

5. Write the symbols of sulphite, sulphate, nitrate, 
hyponitrate, chlorate and hypochlorite of potash ; and 
of iodide, sulphide and chloride of potassium. 

6. What are oxacids and hvdracids 1 Give examples 
of each, and show by symbols their manner of uniting 
with K l. 

7. Give the processes for preparing hydrochloric and 
nitric acids ; state the best tests for these acids. 

Prise Questions for Prize Men only. 

8. Explain the theory of the process for preparing 
English sulphuric acid. 

9. Explain what is meant by combination by volume ; 
gvo the combining volumes of NH 3 , C0„ HO, NO, 

10. Give the formula of the sulphates, of the protoxide, 
and of the sesquioxide of iron, give reasons for these 
formula! on the oxygen theory of salts. 

11. Why is A O a , assumed instead of AlO as the 
formula for the oxide of aluminium? 

J. Blyth, Professor. 

i. lopaz and vine yellow coloured transparent rock Afpexsix I>. 

crystal, commonly called cairngorum, are the same colour 

and have some other properties in common ; what are Exam ination 
the external characters which serve to distinguish them 1 HgjS* 

, '? “* e pr> ncipal character which distinguishes •Rramin a tinn. 

the family of gems ? 

Robert Harrs ess, Professor. 


Junior Class. 

1. Calculate the allowance to be made for curvature 
in measuring the difference of level of two stations by 
a single observation. 

2. How does refraction affect the correction ? 

3. How is this correction made in practice ? 

4. Give a detailed account of the method of carrying 
on a chain survey, noting all the precautions necessary 
to insure accuracy. 

m 5. Wbat are the objects of traversing — how is it car- 
ried on 1 

6. Reduce 137a. 3r. 14p. English measure to Irish. 

7. How would you obtain the acreage of a chain 
survey which you had made ? 

8. Give a method of laying down a circular curve (a) 
by the chain and offset (6) by the chain, and any angu- 
lar instrument. 

9. How would you determine the meridian (1) by tbe 
theodolite, (2) by the sextant ? 

10. The altitude of the sun's lower limb being observed 
to be 46° 24' at noon on the 1st J une in north latitude, 
find the latitude. 

Geology and Mineralogy. 

1. What are the principle groups into which geolo- 
gists divide the solid matter forming the crust of the 
globe ? 

2. What is the meaning of the terms dip and strike, 
and describe a section exhibiting the former. 

3. What is meant by the term fault ; and in an inclined 
fault what names are applied to the upper and the under 

4. What is the value of fossils, and what information 
can be derived therefrom ? 

5. To what portion of the sedimentary rocks does the 
Slanberris or Bangor slate belong ? 

6. What are the fossils occurring in the black slate 
which reposes immediatelyupon the fucoidal sandstones 
of the Malverns ? ~ 

7. What groups make up the upper Silurians ? 

8. In the great American coal-field, which forms a 
portion of the Appalachian chain, and which extends 
into the more level country westwards, there are two 
well-marked kinds of coal ; what are the features which 
indicate these coals, and under what circumstances have 
they originated? 

9. What forms of fossil plants are formed in connex- 
ion with the coal measures of Richmond, Virginia, 
United States, and what inferences can be drawn from 

10. What is the geological position of the Estkesia 
Minuta, formerly known as Posidonomya minnta. 

11. Name the groups into which the cretaceous for- 
mation is divided. 

12. What are the divisions of the tortiaries of the 
valley of the Thames ? 

13. What is the difference between dolorites and 
trachites ? 

14. What is the nature of foliation as this term is 
applied to metamorphic rocks ? 

15. What are the features which mark porphyries ? 


1. In what respect do blands differ in their external 
characters from the glances and pyrites ? 

2. To what form of crystals does garnet belong ? 

3. What is the mineral from whence alluminium is 
now obtained, and what is its composition? 


Junior Class. 

1. When would you construct a false ellipse with 3 
centres, and when with 5 ? 

2. Give a method of constructing one with 5. 

3. Draw the projections of the intersection of a sphere 
with a vertical equilateral prism, having one edge 
passing through the centre of the sphere, and the oppo- 
site side parallel to the vertical plane. 

4. How would you construct the isometrical projec- 
tion of any carve lying in one of the faces of the cube 
whose diagonal is J. to the plane of projection ? 

6. Draw the projections of a pyramid with penta- 
gonal base, Testing on one of the base angles, the base 
making 30“ with the horizontal plane, and the projec- 
tion of the highest side of base mailing 4-5“ with the 
ground line. 

5. The trace of a plane makes 30“ with the ground 
line, and the plane 45“ with the horizontal, draw the 
projections of the shadow cost on it by a square vertical 

7. Find the shadow cast by its own edge on the inside 
of a hollow cylinder of 90° opening. 

8. Describe the sextant and explain the principle of 
its construction. 

9. If on a scale of inches each inch be divided into 
20 parts, how would yon construct a vernier which 
should read to of an inch ? 


Senior Class. 

1. Give the ordinary proportions of the principal 
parts of the Tuscan and Ionic orders of architecture. 

2. How do the composite capital and entablature differ 

from the Corinthian ? * 

3. Describe the two kinds of tracery used in the win- 
dows of the decorated English style of architecture. 

4. Give a short sketch of the characteristics of the 
early English style. 

5. Give the details of any kind of permanent way 
for a railroad, and state the quantities of the various ma- 
terials required for any length of it. 

6. How would you set out the side widths for a cut- 
ting or embankment in sidelong ground ? 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



Appendix D. 7. Describe the method of carrying on the work in a 
— — - cutting. 

Tap^for' 0 ” What detennines the total number of men who 

Sessional can be employed in the cut 1 

Examinations 9. Two successive portions of the same water-pipe 
have a fall of 14 feet and 22 feet respectively, what 
should he the relation between their diameters. 

10. Width of weir, . . 12 feet. 

„ river, . . 20 feet. 

Depth over weir . . 35 inches. 

Calculate the discharge. 


Senior Class. 

1. What amount of materials and labour will he 
required in constru cting two brick piers of aviaduct, 
25' X 7' and 24' high, and having three 6" footings 9" 
deep 1 

2. Write the specification for the stone work of a 
bridge of 30' span under a railroad. 

3. Give the details of the roadway of a cast-iron 
bridge carrying a railroad over a common road. 

4. Give a design, and the quantities of materials 
required, for the centreing of an arch of 60' span and 16' 
rise (false ellipse) the soffit of crown being 20' above 
high water. High water 12' deep, low water 4', a 
passage being required for lighters. 

5. How would you determine the horizontal pressure 
on the key-stone of a bridge ? 

6. What is Tate’s expression for the strength of a 
cast-iron beam of best form 1 

7. Explain how this differs from Hodgkinson’s and 
under what circumstances the two formula; will give 
approximately the same result. 

8. What weight might be placed on a cast-iron pillar 
14' high and 4" diameter? 

Alexander Jack, Professor. 

Theory op Agriculture. 

1. Name the substances which constitute a fertile 
soil, describe tlie nature of each of these substances, aiul 
state your views ou the subject of the classification of 

2. Name the substances which are present in the 
ashes of agricultural plants, in the order of their pre- 
dominance, and describe the properties of each of these 

3. Describe what takes place when a sound seed is 
committed to the earth, and the circumstances favour- 
able to its development. 

4. What in your opinion constitutes the food of 
plants? refer to any experiments which you may 
recollect as confirming your views on this subject. 

5. What do you understand by the term manure ? 
Name some of the more important manures, and give 
the composition of a good sample of each. 

6. Name the class, natuml family, duration and dis- 
tinguishing characters of as many of the weeds now 
before you as you can. 

7 . Name the grasses now before yon, and give the 
more important distinguishing character of as many of 
them as you can. 

8. Name some of the insects with which, as injurious 
to his cattle and crops, tho farmer should be acquainted, 
and give the natural family and distinguishing charac- 
ter of each, together with any facts which you may 
recollect on the subject of tlioir natural history. 

Practice op Agriculture. 

. !• Describe some of the more important agricultural 
implements and machines, and tho means by which 
they effect tho intended purpose. 

2 ; Describe as shortly as you can the principles of the 
Mkingtonian andDeanston systems of dryin" land, and 
give yonr views on this subject. 

3. Detail the process by which you would drain a 
tract of wet land, give the probable cost of each oner, 
tion, and the increased probable value of the land = 0 Z 
that the expenditure shall be reimbursed within ten 

4. Prepare a table which shall exhibit your views on 
the following points. The crops usually cultivated in 
these latitudes, times of sowing, quantity of seed which 
ought to he sown, and amount of crop which may be 
expected on an average from fair cultivation. J 

5. Give the derails of culture of a cereal, a root and 

a textile crop, attaching a value to the seed sown and 
the manure used, (if any), as well as to each operation 
of culture ; also an estimate of the value of the expected 
return, so as to exhibit the amount remaining as rent 
remuneration for superintendence, interest on capital 
expended, insurance, and profit. 1 

6. Describe the process by which you would estimate 
the value of a manure from the analysis of it. 

7. State your views as to what you consider the best 
system of farm accounts. 

History and Diseases op Farm Animals. 

1. Give the class, natural family, genus, and species 
of each of the domesticated animals. 

2. Give what you suppose to be the aboriginal species 
from which they are descended, with the natural habitats 
of such species. 

3. Name and describe shortly the more important 
varieties of the domesticated animals, and state the 
circumstances to which you consider each to be adapted. 

4. Nauio the several bones of the fore-leg and footof 
the horse, and show in what respect it differs from that 
of an ox. 

5. Describe the process of nutrition in the ox, com- 
mencing with the reception of the food in the mouth, 
and state in what this differs from the analogous process 
in the nutrition of tho horse. 

6. Describe tho following'diseases, and state how you 
would treat them. Mange, colic, strangles, grease and 
worm in the liorso ; rod-water, diarrhcea, hoove, lice in 
cattle, the rot, seal, and foot-rot in sheop. 

7. Lay down tho general principles upon which farm 
horses should bo treated. 

S. State your views on tho following subjects : the 
breeding, rearing, and general management of farm 

E. Murphy, Professor. 

Anatomy and Physiology. 

1. Describe the microscopic characters of the compact 
osseous tissue. 

2. Describe the microscopic characters of the gastric 
glands or follicles, and mention the nature and use of 
the gastric juice. 

3. Describe the structural anatomy of an artery. 

4. Wliat are the vital properties of the muscular fibres 
of animal and organic life ? 

5. Describe tho impulse and sounds which accom- 
pany the actions of the heart. 

G. Mention the structure, connexions, and several 
apertures of the pericardium. 

7. Describe the cricoid and arytenoid cartilages of the 

larynx, and mention tho ligaments and muscles con-^, 
nectcd with these organs. * 

8. Describe tho attachments, relations, vessels, and 
nerves of the diaphragm. 

9. How is the glottis protected during the act of 
deglutition ? 

10. Give an outline of the function of respiration. _ 

11. State the functional character and mode of ulti- 
mate distribution of each of the nerves supplying the 

12. Describe the soft palate and the amygdal®. 

13. Mention the structure and use of the iris. 

14. How is the crystalline lens maintained in its 
position, and what is its office ? 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 


Practical Anatomy. 

1. What are the boundaries and contents of the max- 
illo-pharyngeal space ? 

2. What are the boundaries and contents of the ante- 
rior superior triangle of the neck ? 

3. What are the limits and contents of the popliteal 

4. What are the limits and contonts of the posterior 
digastric space 1 

5. What are the boundaries and contents of the infe- 
rior posterior triangle of the neck 1 

6. What are the relations of thyroid body ? 

7. What are the relations of the submaxillary gland? 

8. What are the relations of the parotid gland ? 

9. What are the boundaries of the inguinal canal ? 

10. What are the parts passing beneath the. crural 
arch, and the boundaries of the crural or femoral ring? 

11. What are the relations of the prostate gland ? 

12. Describe the origin, course, relations, and 
branches of the internal epigastric artery. 

13. Describe the ligaments of the ilio-femoral articu- 

14. Describe the anterior crural nerve. 

15. Desoribe the arteria circumflexa femoris. 

16. Describe the subscapular artery. 

J. H. Corbett, Professor. 

Practice op Medicine. 

1. Describe the condition of the mucous membrane 
of the trachea, in the various stages of croup. 

2. What is the differential diagnosis between this 
disease and cynanche pharyngea, and cedema glottidis ? 

3. What are the periods of the eruption in scarlatina, 
measles, and variola, respectively ? State the premoni- 
tory symptoms in each of these diseases, and the sequelie 
most to be dreaded in each. 

4. If you have dulness on percussion over a part of 
the chest where, in the normal condition, a clear sound 
should be produced, state the various pathological 
changes which may account for this alteration ? 

5. What part of the intestinal canal is most generally 
affected in fever ; describe the morbid alterations which 
take place in such cases. 

6. What are the secondary morbid changes produced 
in the various parts of the body by disease of the heart. 

7. State severally the various changes in the brain 
which may cause apoplexy. 

8. Enumerate the points of difference and of resem- 
blance between hysteria and epilepsy. 

9. What are the secondary diseases produced by inter- 
mittent fever ? What disease is supposed to be incom- 
patible with it ? 

10. What is the differential diagnosis between organic 
and inorganic murmurs of the heart? 


For Senior Scholarships. 

1. Reduce to two general heads the causes of all 
pathological changes. 

2. Give an explanation of the causes of diabetes. 

3. What influence has the liver on the formation of 
sugar in the blood. 

4. Explain on pathological grounds the principles on 
which the diet of a diabetic patient should be regulated. 

5. What is the reason that great htemorrhages are 
frequently succeeded by effusion of serum into the cellu- 
lar membrane ? What is the cause of ffidema around 
inflamed parts ? 

6. Explain the efficient cause of haemorrhage in scor- 
butus and other diseases of great debility. 

7. Name in their order of frequency the several 
organs in which tubercle is found, distinguishing infant 
from adult life. 

8. Describe the various alterations which tubercle un- 

9. Describe the several modes by which secondary 
cancer is propagated. 

10. What is the form of cancer most usually met m 
the stomach ; describe its appearance. 

11. What is the form, most usual situation, and what Appendix D. 

are the dangers to be apprehended in the progress of 

chronic ulcer of the stomach ? Examination 

12 How do you distinguish in post mortem examine- sSSd* 
tion, between hypostatic congestion of the lung and the Examinations 
first stage of inflammation of the same or".m ? 

13. _What are the causes, and what are the appear- 
ances in atrophy of a portion of the brain ? what second- 
ary results frequently follow this diseased condition. 

14. What are the external appearances which present 
themselves on raising the calvonem in a case of 

15. What effect has inflammation on the cineritious 
substance of the convolutions of the brain ? 

16. Explain tbe changes which precede hardening of 
the spleen. 

17. What is the difference between the process of 
suppuration when taking place in solid organs and on 
free surfaces. 

18. Enumerate the principal kinds of tumours found 
in the body. 

19. Describe a case of fungus luematodes from its 
first appearance in the chambers of tbe eye. 

20. Describe the condition of an artery which leads 
to true aneurism ; also specify the efforts which nature 
makes to accomplish a cure. 

21. Specify some of the causes of muscular paralysis. 

22. Give an explanation of the manner in which 
diseases may be said to bo hereditary, and specify the 
diseases most usually recognized as such. 

D. D. O’Connor, Professor. 

Examination in Surgery. 

1. Describe the alterations in the state of the capillary 
vessels of an inflamed part. 

2. "What are the chemical changes which the blood 
undergoes in an inflamed part ? 

3. What are local and tbe general symptoms which 
precede and follow the formation of pus ? 

4. Describe the changes, anatomical, structural, aud 
functional which the prostate gland undergoes at the 
various periods of life. 

5. What are the chief diseases of the prostate gland? 

6. In hasmaturia by what indications would you 
determine the source of the hcemorrhage. 

7. What treatment would you adopt in the several 
forms of hemorrhage from the urinary organs. 

8. In amputation below the knee, what circumstances 
would induce you to prefer the flap to the circular 
operation ? 

9. Describe the parts forming the inguinal canal. 

10. Distinguish the several forms of hernia which 
may occur in connexion with the inguinal canal, and 
mention the diseases for which each form of hernia may 
be mistaken. 

D. B. Bullen, Professor. 


1. What is a Graafian Vesicle ? Describe its structure 
and mode of connexion with the ovary, and with its 

2. Describe the structure of the Fallopian tube. By 
what agency is the ovum carried downwards from 
ovary to uterus ? 

3. Enumerate the chief peculiarities of the ovate de- 
formity of pelvis. In what class of persons is it most 
commonly found, and how is it produced. 

4. What are the principal differences between the 
ovarian ovum and the same structure as it arrives at 
the uterus, after impregnation ? 

5. How does the menstrual fluid, as it issues from 
the vagina, differ from blood ? From what extent of 
surface within is this discharge eliminated ? 

6. Of what parts does the maternal portion of the 
placenta consist? How is it formed, and what are its 
chief offices ? 

7. Under what circumstance does the head of the 


Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



Appendix I). child emerge with face to os pubis ? At what period 
— — _ of tlie labour is this position chiefly a source of difficulty ? 

Examination g ^he secom l position of the head, in natural 
Sessional* labour, what is the presenting point? 

Examinations 9. A healthy woman is in tlie second stage of labour, 
with her second child ; her strength is good and the 
pains strong ; but the head, which is slightly tumefied, 
has made but slow progress within the last three hours. 
What would be your course under these circumstances ? 

10. Enumerate the various points which require 
special attention from the commencement to the termi- 
nation of a case of breech presentation. 

11. What conditions should be present ina labour, to 
render the exhibition of ergot safe? How do you 
consider that it conduces to the death of the child ? 

12. The uterus of a patient half an hour confined, 
after contracting well, has relaxed, and forms a solid 
tumour extending nearly to the umbilicus ; she feels 
faint, and is losing some Mood per vaginam. What is 
the state of things here, and what should be done to 
remedy it ? 

Medical Jurisprudence. 

1. Describe the mode of examining an organic mix- 
ture containing oxalic acid, which has been neutralized 
by magnesia. 

2. Give a process for detecting antimony in the 

3. Describe the process by which orfila separated 
copper which has been administered as a poison from 
the “normal copper” of the tissues. 

4. State the different tests for HCy in organic 

5. How is chloroform detected in the blood ? 

6. Give the character of incised wounds, made half 
an hour before death and ten minutes after death. 

7. A dead body is found covered with ecchymosis : 
it is of importance to discover whether death has taken 
place after receipt of the injuries within four hours or 
after four days. How would you he aided by the ap- 
pearance of the eechymosed spots in deciding this 

8. Describe the two standards of comparison which 
have been proposed in the static tost. 

9. It is objected against the hydrostatic test that 
the lungs may float, and the child may not have 
respired. State how this objection may be met, and 
mention under what circumstance it is valid. 

J. Blith, Professor. 

Medico-Legal Examination. 

1. State the reason why the birth of a child taken 
alive from the womb of the mother, after her death, 
under an operation (for example, the Cmsarian), will 
not create the estate known in law as “ the tenancy by 
the courtesy of England.” 

2. Have medical persons any privilege to exempt 
them from disclosing as witnesses in a court of law facts 
revealed to them professionally? Refer to auv case in 
which such a privilege was claimed. 

3. What precaution must he observed to enable wit- 
nesses to refresh the memory at the time of giving 
testimony, by reference to statements or memoranda in 
writing ? 

4. Upon what principle are dying declarations 
received contrary to the rule, excluding “hearsay evi- 
dence ?” What fact must be proved previously to the 
reception of a dying declaration in evidence? 

5. Describe delirium. 

6. State the proofs requisite to enable a party accused 
of crime to an acquittal, on the ground of insanity. 
Distinguish them from the proofs sufficient to justify a 
finding of “ unsound mind” by a jury, under a “ Commis- 
sion de Lunatico Inquirendo,” and mention an essential 
distinction between the testimony admissible in the 
one case and the other. 

7. State some of the reasons suggested in the lectures 
why medical persons should be particularly cautious in 
Laving their depositions made at coroners’ inquests 
taken down by the coroner with precision and accuracy. 

8. In order to sustain a charge of murder, within 
what time must the death be proved to have taken 
place ? 

9. Describe “ a grievous bodily harm.” 

English Law. 

1. What is the technical mode of expressing the two 
different ways in which an estate may be acquired ? 

2. Wbat was the effect of the state of “ Quia emptoris” 
in cases of subinfeudation ? 

3. To what extent does the right of alienation attach 
to an estate in fee-simple ? 

4. Explain the effect of the statute “ De Donis Con- 
ditionablus” upon estates limited to a man and the 
heirs of his body, and what was the occasion of this 
statute ? State the interval wliioh elapsed between its 
enactment and the application of common recoveries to 
bar estates tail. How are they now barred ? 

5. What is a conditional limitation ? 

6. State the rule in Shelley’s ease, and the requisites 
for its application. 

7. In wbat different ways may a “ Protector of a 
Settlement” be created ? 

8. How must a will, exeouted since the 1st January, 
1838, be executed and attested? And state what 
becomes of a lapsed estate under such a will. 

9. Wbat is the effect of a general devise of land 
contained in sneh a will on such estates as the testator 
lias only a power to appoint. 

10. Give an outline of the usual limitations in a 
marriage settlement of real estate. 

Michael Barry, Professor. 

Appendix E. APPENDIX E. 

Sessional List of Sessional Honors for the Session 1856-57, and Proceedings of the Public Meeting of the 
Honors, &c. COLLEGE, November 27, 1857, at which those Honors were conferred. 

Friday, 27th November, having been fixed for the 
distribution of the premiums awarded to the pupils at 
the close of the last sessional examination, the College 
presented an unusual scene of bustle and excitement. 
At one o’clock the Examination-hall was crowded with 
students and their friends, and a great number of 
fashionably-dressed ladies formed part of the assembly. 

The President, Sir Robert Kane, having entered and 
taken his seat, the several professors were seated round 
him on the raised dais at tlie upper end of the room. 
The Right Rev. the Lord Bishop of Cork, together with 
the Mayor, attired in his full robes of office, then entered, 
attended by the civic officers, bearing the maces and 
other municipal insignia. 

The Registrar then read out the list of successful can- 
didates, as follows : and as each young gentleman an- 
swered to his name, he came up on the platform and 
received the premiums, consisting of valuable books 
and certificates, from the President : — 

After the Sessional Examination held last May and J une, the 
Council awarded prizes to tluj following students : — 

English History and Literatuiy.— Christopher Townsend, 1st.' 
Metaphysics — Owen O’Regan', 1st. 

Natural Philosophy (Arts). — Michael Gould, 1st; George W- 
Johnson, 2nd. 

Mathematical Physics. — Michael G Solid, 1st. 

Natural Philosophy (Med.)_Jolm J. Levis, 1st; William 
H. B. Clapp, 2nd. 

Physical Geography Michael Breen, 1st. 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



Political Economy — Michael Gould, 1st. 

Greek (senior) — Basil Porter, 1st; Robert D. Spedding, 
2nd ; Daniel Browne, 3rd. 

Mathematics — James Gould, 1st; Edward Warmington, 2nd. 

Logic James Gould, 1st. 

Chemistry . — John J. Levis, 1st; William O’Connor, 2nd; 
James Gould, 3rd ; James C. Ledger, 4th. 

Natural History . — John J. Levis, 1st; John Leonard, 2nd; 
Edward W armington, 3rd. 

Greek (junior) — John O’Regan, 3rd. 

Latin — Henry Ridings, 1st. 

English Language — Michael Seymour, 1st ; Daniel Brown, 

Modern Languages (Arts). — Daniel, Brown, 1st; Michael 
Seymour, 2nd. 

Medicine — John J. Levis, 1st; William H. B. Clapp, 2nd. 

Mathematics (junior) — William Madden, 1st; Henry S. 
Ridings, 2nd. 

Celtic Languages — George Segerson, 1st. 

Practice of Medicine Henry T. Dann, Arthur II. Orpen, 

equal ; John W. Collis, 2nd. 

Practice of Surgery — Wm. Roche, 1st; JohuW. Collins,2nd. 

Midwifery — Wm. J, Busteed, 1st; Prancis Luther, 2nd. 

Medical Jurisprudence Henry T. Dann, 1st. 

Practical Chemistry — Thomas Heazle, 1st; Richard Read, 
George Segerson, 2nd, equal. 

Materia Medica (senior) — Prancis Luther, 1st; (junior) — 
Michael Rahiily. 1st; Thomas Heazle, 2nd. 

Practical Anatomy (senior) William J. Busteed, 1st ; Wm. 

Roche, 2nd; (junior) — Thomas Gelston, 1st; Edward T. 
Dann, 2nd ; Richard Read, 3rd. 

Anatomy and Physiology (senior). — Wm. Roche, 1st; Jerh. 
J. Dowling, 2nd; Thomas Heazle, 3rd; (junior) — John J. 
Levis, 2nd. 

English Law Owen O’Ryan, 1st. 

Jurisprudence — Owen O’Ryan, 1st. 

Mineralogy and Geology -James C. Ledger, 1st ; John P. 

Lacy, 1 ; Samuel Vickery, 3. 

Engineering . — James C. Ledger, 1 ; John T. Lacy, 2 ; Francis 
O’Callaghan, 3. 

Engineering (Drawing ). — Charles Coppock, 1st. 

Engineering (Mathematics) (senior). — Thomas R. Roberts, 
1st; (junior)-John T. Lacey, 1st; James C. Ledger, 2nd. 

Engineering Physics . — Thomas R. Roberts. 

The President, on coming to the name of Mr. Michael 
Gould, said he was sorry that Mr. Gould was not present 
himself to receive his several prizes ; and he regretted 
it the more as he understood his absence was owing to 
severe indisposition, probably brought on by extreme 
diligence and attention to his studies. He (the Presi- 
dent) thought it his duty, in presenting these premiums 
to one of his friends, Mr. C. W. Townsend, to mention 
the special merits of the young gentleman, as he had 
particularly distinguished himself both at the College 
examination and at the degree examination in Dublin, 
where he ably sustained the honour of that College and 
his own high character, having taken two gold medals 
and three honors. 

At the close of the distribution, the President pro- 
ceeded to say : — It has been my duty in terminating 
the proceedings, on occasions similar to this, in previous 
years, to offer such explanation or remarks upon the 
arrangements and progress of the system of education 
which this College has been founded to carry out as the 
circumstances of the time appeared to me to demand, 
and I have thus had occasion to indicate the principles 
upon which a system of liberal university education in 
this country must necessarily be based, to demonstrate 
how fully those principles have been embodied and 
secured in the constitution of this College and of this 
University, by the eminent statesmen to whom their 
foundation is due, and to consider the amount of popular 
appreciation and practical success which has attended 
the efforts of those distinguished men for the permanent 
and practical elevation of this country and of its people. 
I have also had occasion more than once to refer — in lan- 
guage, probably, not as strong as the necessity might 
have appeared to demand — to that deficiency which con- 
stituted, and does still constitute, the most serious impe- 
diment to the still more rapid and more extensive 
development -of this liberal University education — to 
wit, the means of acquiring that secondary or prepara- 
tory education which must form the condition of en- 
trance into the .classes of the higher institutions such as 
this, and which, owing to the concurrence of various 
causes, have become almost inaccessible to the great 
mm of the people, except in the neighbourhood of a 

few large towns. Fortunately for the interests of edu- Appendix E. 

cation and of the country, the representations feebly 

emanating from this place, but repeated and reinforced 
by more influential voices, have met with active aud utTore &c 
practical response ; and, as is probably already known, ’ 
the means of re-organizing the various institutions of 
secondary education in this country, and of giving to 
the several in stituti ons of superior education still greater 
power and scope of utility than they already possess, 
have formed the subject of detailed inquiry and full 
consideration by governmental commissioners, from 
whoso exertions we may expect the most useful results. 

In expectation of their reports, from which we may be 
sure to obtain much valuable information and guidance, 
it will, I believe, not be considered necessary for me to 
enter upon those topics. They will naturally come 
under our consideration at another time, when wo shall 
he in a position to proceed to their discussion with the 
complete information which inquiries so carefully and 
impartially conducted are certain to place in our bauds. 

With those subjects are so closely connected that I 
shall similarly postpone their full discussion, two ques- 
tions just now much agitated, and which I should be 
lor myself anxious to bring under your notice, but that 
the time is, as I believe, not fully arrived, nor is opi- 
nion a3 yet sufficiently matured to justify mo in pro- 
posing, in regard to them, any absolute conclusion. 

Those questions are, first, that now so much spoken of, 
under the name of middle-class education ; and the 
second, that just now raised by the Senate of the Uni- 
versity of London, as to the expediency of conferring 
the highest rewards and dignities of university rank on 
persons who had not studied at any specified place, or 
passed through any specified course of education, but 
whohadmerely presented themselves for examination, and 
appeared by their answering to possess a certain stand- 
ard amount of information in certain appointed subjects. 

It will be at once seen that these are both subjects of 
which it would be difficult to exaggerate the importance, 
and which must seriously interest and involve all insti- 
tutions of public instruction. In the latter question 
there is at once brought to issue, whether the rank and 
distinction of an university degree is to he merely the 
evidence of the possession at the time of examination of 
a certain amount of knowledge, or whether it is to be 
the evidence and the result of a systematic course of 
mental discipline and careful study, by which character 
is permanently formed as well as information acquired j 
whether, in fact, education, in its full and proper sense, 
or whether the mere instruction is that which it is the 
proper function of an university system to confer, to 
estimate, and to reward. 

Yon can judge how large is the question thus opened, 
and how it affects all institutions such as this is. We 
are, however, but at the threshold of its discussion, and 
its final solution is still remote. You will, I am sure, 
therefore, pardon me for refraining for the moment 
from doing more than thus to indicate the general prin- 
ciple, which when we meet again, I may have occasion 
to discuss. 

The remaining question I consider to be of even still 
greater practical importance. It is that of the develop- 
ment, side by side with, but still apart from, the superior 
and university education, of a form of intellectual train- 
ing for what are termed the middle classes, having in a 
manner its awn system of certificates and rewards, and 
standing to the proper University education in a for- 
mally subordinate relation. The proposal of such a plan 
of education had its origin in a natural and widely-spread 
want. Owing to the total absence in this country of 
any general plan or system of secondary education j an 
individual, no matter how well instructed, either in lite- 
rature or in science, who had passed through the best 
secondary schools, but who did not proceed to obtain 
any university degree, had no evidence or testimonial of 
education ; and as such persons will in every country, 
under ordinary circumstances form a large body, it was 
felt proper that some means of formal recognition should 
be afforded them. To the honour of the University of 
Oxford, it must be said that there first the proposaL to 
admit, under the name of associates in arts, persons whose 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



Appendix E. means or time did not allow tliemto proceed beyond the 

education of the common schools, or become regular 

List of members of the University, was adopted. But similar 
Honors' 1 &c. pl ans of recognising by certificates after examination, 

’ " those who had received the education of the ordinary 

schools had been even previously adopted by the Society 
of Arts iu London. This movement, now of so much 
public importance, is, as I believe, fraught with valuable 
results, but will, I feel sure, require careful definition as 
to its objects and limits, in order to secure its really 
beneficial ends. There are contained in it, two very 
different things. The one, that of recognising educa- 
tion which has only advanced to a certain point, that 
education having been, so far as it has gone, sound and 
systematic. The other, that of specialising education, 
so as to train and certify as trained for the purely prac- 
tical avocations of life, a class whose educational aspi- 
rations, thus narrowed in direction and limited in field, 
would not probably afterwards attain any higher level. 
But under either of these names, is it proper to describe 
middle class education. If wo proceed to consider in 
these countries, tho nature of what middle class educa- 
tion ought to be, we must, in the first place, define what 
are the middle classes. What are the pursuits, the 
avocations for which the middle classes are destined, and 
for which they are to be educated 1 and having so 
ascertained what middle class education ought to be, it 
is clear that the various institutions for education in the 
country should be so framed as to afford that education, 
id the most perfect manner that their varied resources 
might allow. It is not here the place, nor is there occa- 
sion, at this moment, in this assembly, to define what 
are the middle classes of these countries, what work they 
have accomplished, or what ideas they represent. It is 
enough to say that I do not consider middle class edu- 
cation to represent any truncated or half developed plan 
of instruction which might leave the nobler powers of 
humanity unawakened or misdirected. The education 
of the middle classes, as a public object, must be care- 
fully distinguished from mere secondary or specialized 
education, which has its value, which should be recog- 
nised, and to which members of any class of the commu- 
nity may have recourse ; but which should never be con- 
founded with the full and proper adaptation of the 
highest educational institutions, the various Univer- 
sities, for the proper education of the most energetic, 
most useful, and most influential portion of the com- 

It will be at once seen that to open further, not to say 
to discuss, so great a question, should occupy far more 
time than we could now afford, I shall therefore reserve 

its discussion for another time, when we can consider its 

It brings me, however, to an observation which in 
conclusion, I would make to my young friends who 
during the past year, have by their good conduct and 
diligence so uniformly earned the approval of the Pro- 
fessors specially charged with their instruction, and on 
many of whom I have had to-day the sincere gratifica- 
tion of bestowiug their well-earned and hardly won 
rewards. In considering that question of middle class 
education, to which I have just referred, and in allusions 
frequently made to the superior education necessary for 
entrance to the learned professions, the avocations of 
mercantile or of manufacturing life are often assumed to 
require for their successful prosecution but inferior 
powers of mind, to be acquired with less difficulty, and 
to confer less honour than what are termed professional 
careers. And it hence frequently occurs, especially in 
this country, that young men with excellent opportu- 
nities forentering into an industrial career sacrifice them- 
selves to a misdirected ambition of obtaining what is 
called professional rank. I do not know a more serious 
error. Those ideas of the subordinate position and 
influence of industrial pursuits have long since practi- 
cally yielded to the progress of society and of intelli- 
gence. The qualities of mind necessary for guiding 
great operations of commerce and manufactures are now 
fully appreciated and recognised. The names of Grote 
and of Roscoe in literature; those of Lubbock and 
of Wheatstone in science, are not less illustrious and 
not less admired because their bearers are also eminently 
distinguished in the commercial world. It is, on the 
contrary, the peculiar privilege of industrial pursuits, 
that guided and illuminated by superior intellectual 
powers and by extended education, they become capable 
of a development and of an influence to which limits 
can scarcely be assigned. Recollect, it is to the intelli- 
gence of Hargrave, of Arkwright, and of Peel that we 
owe, in England, that manufacturing wealth which has 
rendered her the leading power of the globe ; that it is- 
to Watt and to Stephenson that we owe the power by 
which that influence and wealth has been created. Those 
were, with others, the Paladins of industry, the true 
heroes of tho present age, by whoso genius and energy 
the barbarisms and prejudices, the monsters of a darker 
period, have been disarmed and deprived of power. To- 
such I would direct you for examples of the careers 
which enlightened industry may present, and it will be 
well for your country and for yourselves if some amongst 
you may be found capable of emulating their exertions 
and of meriting similar rewards. 

Appendix F. 


Lists of 



Lists of Successful Candidates from Queen’s College, Cork, for University Degrees and Univer- 
sity Honors at tlie Commencements of the Queen’s University in Ireland, September, 1857, 
furnished by Mr. G. J. Stoney, Secretary to the Queen’s University in Ireland. 

Nominal Return of the Candidates from Queen’s Col- 
lege, Cork, to whom Prizes were awarded for distin- 
guished answeringat the Examinations of the Queen’s 
University iu September, 1857. 

Nominal Return of the Candidates from Queen’s Col- 
lege, Cork, on whom Degrees, Diplomas, or Certifi- 
cates were conferred after the Examinations of the 
Queen’s University in September, 1857. 

1. With the Degree of Master in Arts:— 

R. O’Leary, a. si., in Ancient Classics. 

E. T. Palmer, a.m., in Mathematics, Pure and Mixed. 

2. With the Degree of Bachelor in Arts: — 

M. Gould, a.b., first in Continental Languages. 

„ first in Mixed Mathematics (Nat. Phil.) 
,, second in Pure Mathematics. 

W. O’Connor, a.b., first in Pure Mathematics. 

J. Breen,* a.b., in Celtic Languages. 

3. With the Diploma in Elementary Law: — 

C. Hooper, f a.m. in Elementary Law. 

* This candidate was educated partly in Queen’s College, 
Galway; Celtic, however, was one of the subjects he had 
studied in Queen’s College, Cork, 
t This candidate was educated partly in Queen’s College, 

Degrees, &«. 

I W. O’Connor, A.B. 

W. Starkey, . A.B. 

C. Townsend, . A.B. 

C. Hooper, f < Diploma in 
m„ . \ Elemen. Law. 

i__ , _ . , t Certificate of 

W.J.Busteed, j lstMe a.Exam. 

J.W. Collins, m. n. c. s. , 

Edinburgh, . . M.D. 

M.O’K. Morris, a.b., M.D. 

D. B. OElyn, a.m., M.D. 

C. Lane, . . . A.M. 

It. O'Leary, . . A.M. 

E. T. Palmer, . . A.M. 

M. Breen, . . A.B. E. Dann, . ditto 

J. Breen,* . . A.B. M. Eagan, . ditto 

T. Dann, . . . A.B. F. Luther, . ditto 

M. Gould, . . A.B. J. Wall, . . ditto 

W. Haynes, . . A.B. T. H. White, . ditto 

T. Lloyd, 

* This candidate attended some of the Courses for the De- 
gree of A.B. in Queen's College, Cork, and the rest m Queens 

C( t'fhls^dfd'ate attended some of the Courses for the 
Diploma in Elementary Law in Queen’s College, Lorx, anu 
the rest in Queen’s College, Galway. 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



APPENDIX G. AppenduG. 

Form of Circular from President, and Official Reports from Professors, furnished in compliance OfflciZT 

therewith. Reports from 


No. 1 — Form of Circular from President. 

Retain to be filled up by the Professor of , and 

to be returned to the Registrar, so filled up, for the 
official information of the President, on or before the 
12th inst., being for the Collegiate Session, 1S56-57. 

. & —The gen eral conduct of the students, while attend- 
ing the class, was unexceptionable. 

H.— The supplies, fitments, cleanliness, and accom- 
modation, for the purposes of instruction, were sufficient. 

John Ryall. 

A. — As to the course or courses of lectures given 
by the Professor : 1st. Duration and extent of the 
course, number of terms. 2nd. Number of weeks of 
lectures in each term. 3rd. Number of lectures 
weekly, and days and hours of Lectures. 

B. — The description or title of the course or courses 
of lectures delivered, and a general abstract of the 
subjects of instruction, contained in the course, and 
the title of the text-books recommended. 

C. Whether the lectures are illustrated by reference 
to maps, diagrams, specimens, or experiments, and a 
general notice of the kind of illustrations used. 

D. — "Whether any method of tutorial or other special 
instruction is employed, as by setting out of portions 
of text-books for lessons, by themes, or exercises in 
composition, or problems; and whether special class 
examinations are held, and at what time ; or whether 
herborization excursions or field exercises are given. 

E. — What faculties or division of students are those 
attending courses of lectures of the Professors making 
the return. 

_ F. — The number of students attending each course, 
distinguishing matriculated and non-matriculated stu- 
dents, and the general regularity of attendance. 

G. — The general conduct of students at the Profes- 
sor’s lectures, and the general state of discipline as 
regards the Professor’s classes. 

H. — The general condition of the department of 
which the Professor has charge, as to supplies, fitments, 
cleanliness, and accommodation for the purposes of 

The Professor, in making the above returns, is ' re- 
quested to mark the answers with the letter designating 
the portion of the form of return, as above, to which 
each answer refers. 

By order of the President, 

(Signed), Robert J. Kenny, Registrar . 

23rd October, 1-857. 

November 2, 1857. 

No. 3 . — Report of Professor of Latin. 

A. — 1. Three terms. 2. First term, eight weeks; 
second term, thirteen weeks ; third term, six weeks. 3. 
Junior class, four lectures weekly, Monday, nine, a.m. ; 
Tuesday, ten, a.m. ; Wednesday, ten, a.m. ; Thursday, 
ten, a.m. Senior class, three lectures weekly, Monday, 
ten, a-m. ; Wednesday, nine, a.m. ; Friday, ten, a.m. 
Extra class, two lectures weekly, Tuesday, eleven, a.m. j 
Thursday, eleven, a.m. 

B — The Latin language — Text books of lectures. 
Junior class, Cicero de Seneetute ; Horace, Odes, part 
of Book II. Senior class, Cicero, Tuscnlan Disputa- 
tions, Book I. ; Tacitus, Histories, part of Book I. 
Extra class, Lucretius, part of Book V. ; Cicero, Verrine, 
Orations, part of Book IV. In the extra class pas- 
sages from English poets and prose writers were trans- 
lated into Latin by the students. 

C. — Large maps of ancient Greece, Italy, and Asia 
Minor, hung on the walls of the lecture-room, are used 
for illustration of the lectures. In the course of this 
year a cabinet has been purchased, containing more 
than 1,000 electrotype copies of ancient coius, medals, 
and gems. 

D. The students are always expected to prepare for 
each lecture a portion of the text-book, in which they 
are examined by viva voce questions. In the senior and 
junior classes, Arnold’s Introductions to Latin Verse 
and Prose Composition are used as exercise books. In 
each of the Latin classes, the progress of the students 
was tested at the close of the session by examination 
papers, to which they returned answors in writing. 

E. — Students in Arts. 

E. — Junior, twelve; eleven matriculated; one non- 
matriculated. Senior, seventeen ; sixteen matriculated ; 
one non-matriculated. Extra, three ; two matricu- 
lated ; one non-matriculated. 

G.— Satisfactory. 

H Satisfactory. 

Bunnell Lewis. 

No. 2. — Report of the Professor of Greek. 

A. 1. — The course extends through three terms. 

2. In the first term, between eight and nine weeks. In 
the second term, between twelve and thirteen weeks. 
In the third, term, between seven and eight weeks. 

3. Nine lectures weekly, the days of lecture being 
Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday, 
and the hours from nine to eleven, am., on each day, 
except Tuesday, on which day the lecture is from 
ten to eleven o’clock, a.m. 

B. — The authors included in the Honor Course for 
the degree of B.A., and, in addition, a portion of the 
Gorgias of Plato. 

C. — The lectures are illustrated by reference to maps 
of the ancient world, which hang on the walls of the 

D. — Portions of the authors read were prepared by 
the students in the intervals between the lectures. They 
were examined in these, and the Professor made such 
comments and gave such explanations as he thought 
necessary. This was accompanied by exercises in 
prose and verse, and written translations of the 
.authors. . 

E. — The students attending this course belong ex- 
clusively to the Faculty of Arts. 

F. — Twenty-seven matriculated and one non-matricu- 
lated. The attendance, with some exceptions, was 

No. 4 Report of Professor ( pro . ( cm .) of 

History and English Language. 

A. — Course of lectures on History, and on the 
English Language. 1. The course on History, one 
term ; and the course of English, do. 2. Lectures on 
History, eight weeks ; lectures on English, thirteen. 
3. Lectures in ‘each course, three times a week. 

B. — The lectures on History embraced the periods 
between the fifth and fourteenth centuries. Chambers’ 
Mediaeval History recommended, besides special works 
on special subjects. The lectures on the English 
Language gave an account of the origin and structure 
of the language, followed by instructions on the Syntax ; 
Crailc's English Language being recommended, and 
Latham’s work. 

C The lectures required no maps, diagrams, ic.,<S*r. 

D The tutorial method was blended with the pro- 


E. The students belonged to the Faculty of Arts. 

E. — The number of students in the class of History 
was seven ; in the English Class, twenty-seven. 

( 3 . — The general conduct of the students was ex- 

H. — The general department, supplies, &c., has been 
very satisfactory. 

R. De Yericour. 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



Appendix G. No. 5. — Repost of the Processor (pro. tem.) of 
rr* English Literature. 


Reports from A. — Course of lectures on English Literature. 1. 

Professors. One terra. 3. Thirteen weeks. 3. On Mondays, 
Wednesdays, and Fridays, at three o’clock. 

B. — A Critical History of English Literature, from 
the age of Elizabeth to the present day. The text- 
books principally employed were portions of Craik, 
Spalding, ana Chambers. 

C. — So maps, diagrams, specimens, or experiments 
were employed. 

E. — Third year, students in Arts. 

G-. — The conduct of the students in the class-rooms 
was very good. 

H. — The room employed for the lectures was the 
private one appropriated to the Professors of the An- 
cient and Modern Languages, who hare, no doubt, 
reported on its condition. 

G. S. Bead. 

No. 6 . — Report of the Professor of Modern 

A. — Two courses of French during three terms ; one 
course of Italian during one term. Each course three 
times a week. 

B. — Senior comae of French is medical, to medical 
students ; junior course, to students of the Faculty of Arts. 

C. — The lectures require no maps or diagrams, &c. 

D. — Tutorial method employed, in giving exercises, 
translations, Ac. ; a lecture on Literature at the close of 
the session, or weekly. 

E. — The students belong to the Faculties of Arts 
and Medicine. 

F. — Number of students, twenty in Faculty of Arts, 
and fourteen in Medicine. Italian Class, six. 

G. — The general conduct of the students has been 

II. — Every portion of the department, as to accommo- 
dation, cleanliness, and supplies, has been good. 

26th October, 1S57. B. De Veeicouk. 

No. 7 . — Report of Professor of Celtic. 

A. — 1. Two terms, second and third. The courses 
ol lectures commenced at the beginning of the second 
term, and were continued to the close of the session. 
Number of lectures delivered during the session, forty- 
nine. 2. The lectures were regularly delivered in every 
week, except in those of the Easter recess. 3. Three 
lectures a week, and in some weeks four. The days 
appointed for my lectures were Mondays, Wednesdays, 
and Fridays, and the hours from twelve to one, but 
frequently exceeded that time. 

B. — Lectures on the Grammar and on the Ancient 
History and Topography of Ireland. Text-books of 
lectures were Keating’s History of Ireland ; the Annals 
of the Four Masters ; Transactions of the Gffilio Society ; 
the History of Eogan More, a King of Munster in the 
second century, published by the Archasological and 
Celtic Society, Dublin ; and an unpublished work on the 
Ancient Bards of Ireland, from the MS. Book of Lis- 
more — the writing is very ranch contracted, and is in 
the language of the twelfth century. 

C — The Maps of Lewies Topographical Dictionary 
of Ireland, ana the historical and topographical Map 
attached to my edition of the Armais of the Four Mas- 
ters, were referred to for illustration of some of my 

D- — pupils always prepared portions of the 
Text-books for the lectures, and were examined by viva 
voce questions ; also exercises. 

E — Students, one of the Faculty of Arts, the other 
of the Faculty of Medicine. 

F. Two matriculated students ; second session in 
attending my lectures for one of them, who obtained the 
Celtic prize and gold medal at the last examinations in 
the Queen’s University. Attendance very regular. 

G. — The conduct of the students was remarkablygood. 

H — The rooms were very clean. 

October 30, 1857. Owen Connellan. 

No. 8.— Report of Professor of Mathematics. 

A.— The mathematical lectures were extended over 
the wholo session. Eight lectures were delivered 

to one, p.m., and from two to three, p.h., on Mondays 
Wednesdays, and Fridays, and from three to four, p.m.’ 
on Tuesdays and Thursdays. 

B. — The lectures embraced the following subjects 
To the junior class, Arithmetic, Algebra, Euclid, Men- 
suration, and Plane Trigonometry. To the class of 
students of the second year. Algebra, Geometry (Plane 
and Solid), Trigonometry, with its application to As- 
tronomy, Conic Sections, and the Elements of Differential 
and Integral Calculus. To the class of students of the 
third year a more advanced course of the above-men- 
tioned subjects, with the addition of Analytical Geo- 
metry of three dimensions. The attendance of the 
last-mentioned class of students was voluntary. The 
Text-hooks recommended were Hind’s Arithmetic • 
Hind’s Algebra ; Thomson’s Trigonometry ; Pott’s 
Euclid; Pucklo’s and Todhunter’s Conic Sections ; Tod- 
hunter’s Differential Calculus; Hymer’s Integral Cal- 
culus ; Hymer’s Differential Equations ; Gregory’s and 
Leroy’s Solid Geometry, Ac. 

C — All lectures were illustrated by diagrams on the 
black board, and by apparatus, as far as the latter had 
been provided. 

D. — Portions of Text-books were regularly pointed 
out, and recommended to students. For the mode of 
examination see A. 

E. — Students in Arts and Engineering. 

F. — In the junior class about forty-eight; in the class 
of second year’s students eleven ; in the voluntary 
class, composed chiefly of third year’s students, eight. 
The attendance iu the two latter classes was sufficiently 
regular. Iu the junior class the attendance of a con- 
siderable number of the students was decidedly less 
regular than it ought to be. 

G. — The conduct of students, while attending the 
mathematical classes has been invariably good. But 
the Professor has never been able, by any means that 
he could devise, to obtain a satisfactory amount of work 
between lectures from more than one-half of the stu- 
dents attending the junior class. Of students attending 
the second year’s class ho lias less reason to complain, 
and with students attending the entirely voluntary 
class of the third year he is wholly satisfied. 

H. — As respects cleanliness, satisfactory ; as respects 
fitments and apparatus, defective ; but there is a pros- 
pect that deficiencies will be supplied. The lecture- 
room is too small for large classes, and the air is often 
close and oppressive. 

George Boole. 

No. 9 - — Report of Professor of Natural 

A. — Four courses. 1. Each course continued three 
.terms. 2. The first term lectures were delivered during 

seven weeks ; the second term, twelve ; the third term, 
five. 3. In the senior class of General Physics three 
lectures were given in each week,' viz., on Mondays, 
Wednesdays, and Fridays, from ten to eleven o’clook. 

In the junior class of General Physics, two lectures in 
each week, viz., on Tuesdays and Thursdays, from"^'- 
eleven to twelve o’clock. In the Class of Engineering 
Physics, three lectures in each week, viz., Mondays, 
Wednesdays, Fridays, from twelve to one o’clock. In 
the Class of Mathematical Physics, three lectures in each 
week, viz., Tuesdays, Thursdays, Saturdays, from one to 
two o’clock. 

B. — In the class of General Physics the subjeois 
were — Mechanics, Hydrostatics, Optics, Astronomy, 
Heat, Magnetism, Electricity, and Electro-Magnetism : 
Text-books — Galbraith and Hanghton’s Manuals of Me- 
chanics, Hydrostatics, Optics, and Astronomy ; Garrot, 
Traite de Physiquo ; Golding Bird’s Natural Philosophy. 

In Mathematical Physics : Text-books — Duhamel, Cows 

printed papers, and daily by questions and problems 
dictated to the different classes. The hours of lecture 
during the greater part of the session were from 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 


de Mecanique ; Lloyd’s Optics; Brinkley’s Astronomy. 
In Engineering Physics : Test-books— Tate’s Exercises 
on Mechanics ; Selections from Moseley’s Mechanics ; 
Dixon’s Heat ; and De Pambour’s Theory of Steam 

C.— The lectures on General Physics were illustrated 
by experiments and diagrams. 

D-- — In Mathematical and Engineering Physics, the 
tutorial method of instruction was used, and problems 
proposed as exercises. 

E. — The senior class of General Physics was attended 
by students of third year in Arts, and second year in 
Engineering. The class of Mathematical Physics was 
optional for students In Arts and Engineering. The 
class of Engineering Physios was attended by students 
of the second year in Engineering. The junior class of 
General Physics was attended by students of first year 
in Medicine, and first year in agriculture. 

B. — Senior class, General Physics — Fourteen matri- 
culated students, five non-matriculated. Junior class 
General Physics — Fourteen matriculated, six nou-inatri- 
onlated. Mathematical Physics — Five matriculated. 
Engineering Physios— Seven matriculated, five non- 
matriculated. The attendance was regular in all the 

GL — During the past session the department has 
received many useful additions of apparatus. The 
Physical Cabinet is at present unfit for the proper pre- 
servation of apparatus, in consequence of the dampness 
of the walls, and the insufficiency of the present means 
of beating it. The lecture-room requires some addi- 
tional fitments. The arrangements for preserving clean- 
liness are very satisfactory. 

John England. 

No. 10 — Report of the Professor of Chemistry. 

A. — There were two courses of Chemistry, a theo- 
retical and a practical. 1. The theoretical course ex- 
tended through throe terms. 2. Lectures were delivered 
during a portion only of the first term (consisting of 
seven weeks), in consequence of an accident to the 
Professor; hut the full course was given during the 
second term of twelve weeks, and during the third 
term of seven weeks. 3. There were three lectures a 
week, on Monday, Wednesday, and Friday, at eleven, 
a.h. The practical course extended through three 
months, the hours for instructioa being on Monday and 
Wednesday from two to three, and on Tuesday and 
Thursday from three to four. 

B — The first or theoretical course, embraced the 
laws of Combination, tho History of the Metallic and 
Non-metallio Substances, the Theories of Organic Che- 
mistry, and the description of Organic compounds. The 
second, or practical, course was devoted to instruc- 
tions in the laboratory in Chemical Manipulation, in 
Analysis, and in testing for poilons. In addition to this 
practical class, the laboratory was open, under certain 
regulations, to other students who were desirous of pur- 
suing a more extended course of Analysis. The Text- 
books used for the first course were — the larger works 
on Chemistry, by Kane, Graham, and Regnault; and 
the smaller outlines, by Fownes and Gregory ; and for 
the second, Bowman’s Practical Chemistry. 

G- — The courses were abundantly illustrated by dia- 
grams, drawings, specimens, and experiments. 

B. — In the theoretical course, the mode of instruction 
w%s by lectures ; and, after each lecture, some time was 
spent in discussing and explaining difficulties that may 
have occurred to any student. In the second or prac- 
tical course, each student being supplied with apparatus 
and materials, worked in the laboratory under the 
immediate direction of the Professor. 

E- — The theoretical course was attended by students 
of the Faculties of Medicine and of Arts (including 
tiie departments of Engineering and of Agriculture). 
The practical course was attended by students of 

E. — Sixty-one attended the theoretical course, of 
wbom fifty-four were matriculated and seven non-matri- 

culated. Seventeen matriculated students attended the Appendix 

course of Practical Chemistry. 

& — The general conduct of the students was very 0fficial 
good, and tho state of discipline excellent. from 

H.— The Chemical Department, by means of the Professora ' 
yearly grant, is gradually acquiring a good collection of 
apparatus and other appliances for instruction. The 
want of accommodation formerly experienced in the ' 
laboratory for the increased number of students lias, 
during the summer recess, been fully provided for bv 
the Board of Works. J 

October 30, 1S57. J, Blyth, m.d. 

No. 11. — Report of the Professor of Geology 
and Mineralogy. 

The course of Lectures on Geology and Mineralogy- 
commenced on the 27th October, 1856, and ended on 
the 20th of May, 1857. The number of terms included 
m this course were three. The first term embraced a 
period of eight weeks ; the second, a period of twelve ; 
and the third, a period of four weeks. The amount of 
lectures delivered weekly was three, except during the 
latter portion of the third term, when they were more 
frequent, in order that sufficient time might be allowed 
to the students to prepare for Sessional Examinations. 
The days of lecture were Mondays, Wednesdays, and 
Fridays, except during the latter period above referred 
to, when the lectures were given almost daily. The 
hour of lecture was from one to two, p.m. 

B- — The portion of the course which included 
Geology and Physical Geography, extended over sixty 
lectures, and besides embracing the above subjects also 
treated of the Paloeontology of the several geological 
formations. The remaining portion of the course was 
devoted to Mineralogy. Ten lectures were appropri- 
ated to this branch, and in these the more common and 
important minerals were described. The text-books 
used in these departments of Physical Science were 
Lyell’s Manual, and Principles of Geology ; Page’s in- 
troductory and advanced Text-books; Do La Bech’s 
Geological Observer; and Juke’s Physical Geology. In 
Mineralogy, Nicol’s Manual was used as the Text-book. 

C. — The course of lectures was illustrated by maps, 
sections, diagrams, and specimens. 

D. — The mode of instruction was altogether of a 
professorial character, and consisted of lectures, with- 
out any tutorial teaching. During a portion of the last 
term, instruction in Field Geology was given, on such 
occasions as did not interfere with other courses re- 
quired to be attended by the students of Geology and 

E. — The class of students attending these lectures 
consisted exclusively of engineering and agricultural 
students of the Arts Faculty. 

F. — The number of students during the Session 
1856-7 attending this course was thirty-four, all being 
matriculated ; and of these ten may be considered as 
attending the lectures irregularly. 

G. — The general conduct of the students during the 
lectures was good ; and the state of discipline satis- 

H. — With respect to the general condition of the de- 
partment under the charge of the Frofessor of Geology 
and Mineralogy, this is in aa efficient state ; the fit- 
ments, cleanliness, and accommodation, are satisfactory. 
The south wall of the lecture-room is, however, damp, 
and has, in some instances, injured maps and diagrams, 
which it was necessary should be placed against it. 

November 24, 1857. Robert Harkness. 

No. 12. — Report of the Professor of Engi- 

A. — Three courses were given : one attended by the 
senior class in Engineering ; one by the junior class in 
Engineering and the senior class in Agriculture ; and 
one of instructioa in the Drawing Office, attended by 
the senior and junior classes in Engineering. 1. In 
the first course mentioned above, sixty-five lectures 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



Atpesdec G. were given ; in tlie second, sixty-tliree. Each of the 

- three courses extended throughout the three College 

Official Terms. 2. First term, eight weeks ; second do., 
Professors 01 * 1 twelve ; third do., four. 3. First course, Tuesdays, 
Thursdays, and Saturdays, ten to eleven, a.m. ; second 
do., Monday, Wednesday, and Friday, ten to eleven, 
a.m. ; third do., on five days in the week, from eleven 

B. — First course, Civil Engineering. There were no 
Text-books ; but the students were referred, according 
as it was found necessary, to portions of the works in 
the College Library. Second course. Surveying and 
Levelling j Use of Instruments ; Geometrical Drawing. 
Text-books, Williams’ Geodesy ; Simms on Levelling ; 
Lewis on Instruments ; Heather on do . ; Hall’s or 
Heather’s Descriptive Geometry. Third course. — In 
this course the students were employed in making cor- 
rect drawings of the problems given at lectures, and 
copies of the engineering and architectural drawing 
belonging to this department. 

C. — The lectures are illustrated by reference to draw- 
ings, and to the instruments belonging to the college. 

D. — No Special-class examinations are held, except 
that at the end of the session ; but during each term 
the Professor occasionally examines the classes in the 
subjects which have been lectured on. Field instruc- 
tion is given in the use of Instruments, Surveying, and 
Levelling, to both the senior and junior classes. 

E. — Students in the departments of Engineering and 

F. — Senior Class in Engineering, 7 6 

Junior Class in Engineering, 80 4 

Drawing Class, Agriculture, 3 



40 11 51 

The attendance of the greater number of students 
has been very regular. 

G. — The students attending these lectures have been 
well conducted and attentive. 

H. — The general condition of this department re- 
mains the same as it was last year, with the exception 
of some additions to the instruments, &c., used in it. 
Some additions have also been made in the library, of 
books required by students of this department. 

Alexander Jack. 

No. 13 . — Report of the Professor of Agricul- 

A — 1. From the 4th of November to the 30th of 
May, three terms. 2. Seven weeks in the first term ; 
eleven in the second, and six in the third. 3. Three 
weekly to each of the three classes, Tuesdays, Thurs- 
days, and Saturdays, from ten to eleven, one to two, 
and two to three. 

R — Theory of Agriculture to junior class ; Practice 
of Agriculture to senior class, and History and Dis- 
eases of Farm Animals ; also to senior class, for a 
detailed account of these courses, should that ho 
required, I beg to refer to my report for last Session, 
to which I have nothing to add. 

C. — The lectures in each course are illustrated by 
diagrams, plans, Ac. The students perform experi- 
ments in Vegetable Physiology aud in Agricultural 

D. — A Class Examination is held at the conclusion 
of each subject. Occasional excursions are taken to 
inspect the operations on farms in the vicinity of 

R — The science division of tho Faculty of Arts 

Departments, Agriculture and Engineering. 

F. — Five students in the junior class, exclusive of 
Mr. Allen, who never attended, viz., two matriculated 
and three non-matriculated. Two students of the En- 
gineering Class entered mine, obviously for the purpose 
of carrying ofF the two Junior Scholarships in my 
department : for one of them, Mr. Allen, did not attend 
a single lecture j and the other, Mr. Roberts, only 
attended sixteen of the thirty-six given to bis class. 

I drew the attention of the Council to these facts early 
in the Session, at the same time representing their 
injurious tendency to my department, and suggesting 
that the payment of the quarterly stipends of scholars 
might he made dependent on their attendance on lec- 
tures. This suggestion, I learned, the Council could 
not adopt, inasmuch as only a moiety of the lectures is 
compulsory : the first and second quarter’s stipends 
were paid, and the third and fourth withheld. I 
would now take the liberty of further suggesting' that 
such a rule is (in the case of Agriculture) subversive of 
efficient teaching, and as such deserving of reconsidera- 
tion by the Council. In the senior class of Agriculture 
there were throe matriculated and one non-matriculated 
students. Those also took out the class, “ History and 
Diseases of Farm Animals their attendance in both 
was excellent ; two of them attended every lecture in 
both courses, viz., sixty-tliree in each ; another of them 
sixty-one ; and another, who was a few days indisposed, 
fifty-four, in each of the two courses. ’ 

G. — Exemplary in all respects. 

H. — Good. The difficulty to which I referred in my 
report of last year, viz., the want of a farm in con- 
nexion with the College, where the teaching in the 
class-room might be practically illustrated, continues to 
obstruct the efficiency of my chair. 

Edmund Murphy. 

No. 14 . — Report of Professor of Logic and 

1. — Logic. 

A. — 1. One term. 2. Thirteen weeks. Tuesdaysand 
Thursdays, between two and three o’clock, and Satur- 
days, from nine to ten. 

B. — Logic, Deductive and Inductive — Aldrich, 
Whately, Mill, &c. 

C. — No illustrations are used, except such as are 
diawn or written on the board during the course of 
the leeturo. 

D. — Both the tutorial and professorial methods of 
instruction are used ; the former, chiefly at the com- 
mencement ; the latter, at the termination of the course. 
Class examinations are also held at short intervals. 

E. — Second year’s students in Arts. 

F. — Nine matriculated students. 

G. — Conduct of tho students in the class-rooms very 

II. — There is no lecture-room at present providedfor 
the Class of Logic. 

2. — Metaphysics. 

A. — 1. Two terms. 2. The first term between eight 
and nine weeks ; the second, between twelve and thir- 
teen weeks. Tuesdays and Thursdays, between one and 
two o’clock, and Saturdays, between ton and eleven 

B. — History of Philosophy and Psychology ; History 
of Philosophy of tho University of France — Cousin, 
Morell, Hamilton, Reid, &c. 

C. — None. 

D. — The professorial method of instruction predomi- 
nates in the course. Special examinations are held. 

E. — Third year’s students and graduates in Arts. 

F. — Three matriculated students. 

G. — Conduct of the students in the class-room unex- 

II. — There is no lecture-room at present provided wr/ 
the class of Metaphysics. 

1 J G. S. Reap. 

No. 15 . — Report of Professor of Jurisprudence 
and Political Economy. 

A. — Three Courses of Lectures. ■ , 

1. Jurisprudence and Political Economy to third 

year’s students in Arts.— 1. Two terms. 2. About three 
weeks in each term. 3. Four lectures weekly, lues- 
day, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday. , 

2. Jurisprudence to first year’s law students^— !• 
Two terms. 2. About three weeks in each term. J- 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 


Four lectures -weekly, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, 

3. Civil Law to second year’s Law Students.— 
Twelve lectures delivered irregularly for the reasons 
stated in my return at the close of the last session. 

lectures on Political Economy include an 
examination of the nature and distribution of wealth ; 
the principles which regulate rent, profits, and wages ; 
the principles of commerce, of taxation, of the funding 
system, and of currency and banking. 

The lectures on Jurisprudence treat of the nature of 
the subject with some of its elementary principles ; 
with a sketch of the leading changes in the law from 
the Conquest to the present period, and a notice of any 
important measures of law reform which are now pro- 

The progress which can he made in either of the 
foregoing courses will necessarily vary from year to 
year with the capabilities and attainments of the class. 

The text books recommended in the foregoing sub- 
jects are selections from the works of Adam Smith, 
Senior, Longfield, Hnskisson, John Stuart Mill, Reddie, 
and Lord Bacon, with the Institutes of Justinian and 
Gardiner’s Survey of the Civil Law in this latter 

C. — The lectures do not admit of illustration by maps 
or diagrams. 

E- — The early portion of the course until the text- 
books are mastered is necessarily conducted by exami- 
nation, and the instruction is almost exclusively of a 
tutorial character ; subsequently, the instruction ismore 
of a professorial character, but it still embraces constant, 
almost daily examinations. 

I should say that in the intervals of the session pre- 
ceding and between the different portions of the course, 
parts of the text-books are prescribed to the students 
for preparation. 

E. — The students attending my courses are the third 
year’s Arts Students (except such of them as prefer to 
attend the course of Metaphysics exclusively), and the 
first and second year’s Law Students. I had no fourth 
year’s Law Class last session ; and the third year’s Law 
Class does not attend rae.i 

F. — The number of Arts Students attending my 
class in J urisprudence and Political Economy was, six. 
Of Law Students in Jurisprudence was, four. Of Law 
Students in Civil Law, one. 

G- — The general conduct and discipline of the stu- 
dents attending my classes were very satisfactory. 

H. — I have had no lecture room, that which was 
allotted to the Professor of Logic and Metaphysics and 
myself having been useless for want of a fire-place, or 
any other mode of heating the apartment. 

29th Oct., 1857. It. H. Mills. 

No. 16. — Report of Professor of English Law. 

A. — There were three classes. The course for each 
class consisted of twenty-four lectures. Nine were 
given to each class during the first term, six during 
the second, and nine during the third. They occupied 
three weeks in the first, two in the second, and three in 
the third term; three lectures having been given 
weekly on Tuesday, Wednesday, and Thursday, at the 
hours of eleven o’clock, a.k., twelve o’clock, and three 
o’clock, P.M. 

B. — The title of the course for the class of the first 
. *- year was, “ The Law of Real Property.” It comprised 

elementary instructions in this branch of law, and in 
practical conveyancing. The text-book read was, 
“ Williams on Real Property.” The first volume of 
Stephens’ edition of Blackstone’s Commentaries, and 
the second of Kerr’s Edition, were recommended for 
perusal. The titles of the course for the class of the 
second year were, “ The Law of Personal Property,” 
“ Equity,” and “ Bankruptcy.” It comprised instruc- 
tion in those branches of law, and in the practical 
application of Precedents, &c. The text-books read 
were, “ Williams on Personal Property,” Smith’s Manual 
of Equity,” “Clements on Bankruptcy.” The second 

Yolme tfUjW md Ken's edition of Bkckatone, , a. 

and Smith s Mercantile Law, were recommended for 

perusal. The title of the course for the class of the 2® cial 
third year was, “ Common and Criminal Law." It com- vSSHSl!” 1 
prised the subjects of the constitution and jurisdiction 
of the several courts of justice ; Procedure in Crown 
and civil causes, Ac. The text-books were the third 
and fourth volumes of Blackstone's Commentaries 
Stephens’ and Kerr’s Edition, “ Broom’s Common Law” 

1 Broom's Maxims,” and “ Smith’s Leading Cases," were 
recommended for perusal. 

C and D. — The lectures were elucidated by the peru- 
sal of abstracts of title, and (so far as it was possible) 
by the consideration of cases for opinions, Ac., and by 
requiring the students to write on the subject of them, 
and by reference to approved precedent. 

E. — Students in the Faculty of Lav?. 

F. — Four in the class of the first year, one in the 
second, and one in the third. 

— Very good in all respects, and it is but just to 
observe that the prize and gold medal for Elementary 
Law at the recent examinations in the Queen’s Univer- 
sity, were obtained with great distinction by a member 
of the class, Mr. Charles John Hooper. 

I have to add that, in addition to the lectures in 
English Law, I have also delivered the legal portion of 
the lectures in the class of Medical Jurisprudence. 

I respectfully take leave to refer the President to the 
joint return of my colleague, Hr. Blyth, and myself in 
reference to this course. 

Michael Barry. 

No. 17. — Refort of the Medica lJurisfrbdence 

A. — The course lasted three months. Three lectures 
were given weekly, on Tuesday, Thursday, and Friday, 
at 2, p.m. 

B. — The subjects chiefly enlarged upon were Toxico- 
logy, infanticide, injuries, wounds, the rules regulating 
the admission of evidence in legal procedure. The 
text-books recommended were Taylor’s Medical Juris- 
prudence, and Taylor on Poisons, with the perusal of 
leading cases reported, as for example, Lord Ferrer’s 
case, Hadfield’s case, the Gardner and Douglas Peerage 

C. — The course was illustrated by experiments when 

D. — Tlie method of teaching was by lectures alone. 

E — Students of the Faculty of Medicine alone 


F. — Eight matriculated students attended the course 

G. — Their conduct was good, and the discipline of the 
class excellent. 

H. — The department of Medical Jurisprudence is at 
present entirely dependent on the department of Che- 
mistry for the apparatus and materials necessary for 
illustrating the toxicological portion of the course. 

J. Bltth, m.d. 

Michael Barrt. 

Report of the Professor of Anatomy and. 


A. — Two courses. 1. The two courses consist of 
240 lectures, viz., 120 lectures in each conrse, extend- 
ing over two terms, the first being before, and the 
second after the Christmas recess. 2. Seven weeks in 
the first term ; seventeen weeks in the second term. 
3. Ten lectures in each week during the medical 
session, delivered from twelve o’clook to one o’clock, 
and from one o’clock to two o’clock daily, except on 

B. — One course is entitled Anatomy and Physiology, 
the other course, “Practical Anatomy,” which last 
includes the anatomical demonstrations given in the 
theatre, and the courses of dissections. 

The dissections performed by the students occupying 
several hours daily, are superintended by the Professor 
of Anatomy and Physiology and by his Assistant, Dr. 


Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



Appendix G. Shinkwin, the Demonstrator of Anatomy. Tlie ilisseo- 
_ _ rr— tions commence in October and usually continue to the 

Smi- -iddloofMoj. 

" * The course of Anatomy and Physiology comprehends 

the following subjects : — 

1. Nature of life and organization ; general exposition 
of the vital functions ; general and special descriptions 
of the tissues of the human frame ; the structure and 
composition of the solids and fluids, viz., the blood, the 
chyle, bile, saliva, die. This portion of the course 
includes microscopic anatomy. 

2. Physiological Anatomy of the organs of support 
and locomotion, circulation, respiration, digestion, 
secretion, excretion, absorption, reproduction ; the 
brain and its membranes ; the spinal cord and its mem- 
branes; the ganglia and nerves; the organs of the 
senses of touch, taste, vision, hearing, smell; organ of 
voice, &c. 

3. The course comprehends all branches of human 
physiology, and is constantly elucidated by reference to 
Comparative Anatomy and Pathology. 

The course of Physiology is illustrated by micro- 
scopic demonstrations. 

The course of Practical Anatomy comprehends the 
demonstrations of the bones, ligaments, joints, muscles, 
arteries, veins, absorbent glands, the brain, nerves, 
relative anatomy of the viscera, membranes, and fascia;. 

In this course the Professor is assisted by the Demon- 
strator of Anatomy. Surgical Anatomy is taught by a 
special course, and consists of demonstrations of the 
principal regions of the human body, considered in their 
practical relations to accidents, injuries, and to operative 


The text-boolcs chiefly nsed are the following, viz., 
Todd and Bowman on Physiological Anatomy; Car- 

? enter’s Human, Animal, and Comparative Physiology, 
hlentin’s Physiology, Quain’s and Sharpey’s Works ; 
Harrison’s Dublin Dissector ; Harrison on the Arteries ; 
Corbett on the Arteries ; Wilson’s Anatomist’s Yade 
Mecnm ; Ellis’s Demonstrations ; Gerber, Quickett,and 
Hassal on Microscopic Anatomy. 

C. — The leotures are illustrated by recent and pre- 
pared dissections, by charts, diagrams, plates, and 
anatomical preparations. The principles of physiology 
are elucidated by experiments instituted upon animals, 
when deemed necessary. 

D. — The students are examined, viva voce, on the 
subjects treated of in the lectures ; sometimes once per 
week ; at other times every fortnight ; on particular 
occasions the examinations are held more frequently 
according to the degree of difficulty of the subjects, to 
which their attention has been directed. Examinations 
are generally held on Monday or Saturday, at the hours 
of twelve or one o’clock, 

Written questions and answers in these classes have 
been resorted to only at the Examinations held in 
October for Medical Scholarships, and at the examina- 
tions for prizes, which take place at the termination of 
the session. 

E,— These courses are attended only by students 
engaged in the study of Medicine and Surgery. 

P.— Total number of students attending the Anato- 
mical and Physiological Classes, sixty-one; of these 
forty-seven pursued the course of Anatomy and Physi- 
ology ; forty-nine students were engaged in the course 
of Practical Anatomy. The number of Matriculated 
students in these classes amounted to fifty ; the Non- 
Matriculatod Students were eleven in number, 

The majority of the students have attended the 
lectures, demonstrations, and dissections with Meat 
regularity. ° 

G— The students conduct themselves with extreme 
order and attention during the delivery of the lectures. 
Ihe general state of discipline in the Anatomical Classes 
has been exemplary. 

H.— Supply of anatomical preparations, plates, charts 
and diagrams, available for the purposes of instruction 
may be considered excellent for an institution recently 
.established ; the rooms are kept in state of cleanliness. 
JJut L regret the necessity imposed upon me of repeating 
that the apartments in the Clarendon Building do not 

afford proper accommodation for the delivery of lectn™ 
for the requirements of the Professor, or for the arrant’ 
ment and conservation of the Anatomical Museum • the 
theatre, being deficient in size, ventilation, and light is 
a source of considerable inconvenience to the Professor 
and students. c 

J. H. Corbett. 

No. 19.— Report of Professor of the Practice 
of Physic. 

A. — Lectures on the Practice of Physic. 1. Six 

months, two terms. 2. Seven weeks in first term ■ about 
fifteen weeks in second term. 3. Three leotures weekly 
at three o’clock, Tuesday and Thursday, and one o’clock 
Saturday. ’ 

B. — 1. Lectures on the Theory and Practice of Medi- 
cine, commencing with the pathology of the nervous 
system, and the diseases of the brain and nervous sys- 
tem, and the treatment of these diseases. 2. The pa- 
thology of the respiratory organs and their' diseases" 
and their treatment. 3. The diseases of the circulatory 
apparatus treated in a similar manner. 4. The diseases 
both organic and functional, of the digestive organs! 

6. Fevers and other diseases not immediately referable 
to structural lesions of any particular organ. 7. Dis- 
eases of the skin.* 

C. — The lectures are illustrated by reference to morbid 
specimens, casts, and engravings, made from portions of 
diseased structure. 

D — This year I intend teaching general pathology, 
principally by setting forth for the study of tho class 
portions of a Text-book, and examining them in it once 
a year. 

E. — Medical students solely. 

F. — The number of students attending my course 
last year were 23. The general regularity of attendance 
was very good. 

G. — The conduct of tho students during leotures was, 
without any exception, most exemplary. 

H. — I have reason to he satisfied on these heads in 
all respects, except that it is impossible to make the 
Pathological Museum thoroughly useful to students, 
from the crowded state of the preparations, owing to 
want of a proper museum. 

D. 0. O’Connor, a.b., m.d. 

No. 20. — Report of Professor of Surgery. 

A. — 1. The medical session of six months. 2. Sixty 
lectures. 3. Tuesdays, Thursdays, and Saturdays, at 
three o’clock. 

B. — Principles and Practice of Surgery ; including 
surgical pathology and operations. Text-books— 
Millar, Cooper, Liston, Pirrie. 

C. — Lectures are illustrated by anatomical, physio- 
logical, and pathological preparations ; by casts, models, 
and instruments. 

D. — Tutorial instruction is not employed. 

E. — Students in medicine. 

P. — Twenty-six; academical, twenty; non-matricu- 
late, six. 

G. — Conduct of students and discipline of the class 
very good. 

H. — Condition of the department satisfactory. 

October 28, 1857. Denis B. Bullen, m.d. 

No. 21. — Report of Professor of Midwifery. V 

A — 1. Six months. 3, Monday, Wednesday, Friday, 
four o’clock. 

B. — Midwifery. Physiology of generation. Physio- 
logy and pathology of pregnancy. Parturition and the 
puerperal state. Management of infants. 

C. — Preparations, diagrams, tables, plates. 

E Medical. 

P. — Thirteen; eleven matriculated, two non-matricu- 

* Subjects of general pathology are treated of in connexion 
with the part of tho course to which they more immediately 
belong, and are also made the subject of weekly examinations. 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



Q-. — Very good. 

H. — General accommodation, good. The want of a 
Medical Museum continues to be severely felt. The wax 
models are considerably damaged by the damp of the 
place in which they are at present kept. 

October 30, 1857. J. R,. Harvey. 

No. 22 . — Report of Professor op Materia 

A. — 1. One course of sis months. 3. Three lectures 
weekly. Monday, Thursday, and Friday, from two to 

B. — Therapeutics and Materia Medica. 1. The gene- 
ral physiological and curative action of medicines ; modes 
and places of applying them ; their classification. 2. 
Natural and chemical history, action, and uses of indi- 
vidual drugs, treated of in the order of an arrangement 
founded on their physiological effects. 

0. — Attached to my department are a valuable mu- Appendix G. 

seum of materia medica, a medical herbarium, numerous 

plates of medical plants and diagrams, a set of instru- Official 
ments for illustrating the administration of medicines, 5^??“ ?° m 
and a set of apparatus for illustrating the processes of e ‘ so S ' 
pharmacy. I also availed myself constantly of speci- 
mens of fresh medical plants from the Botanic tmrden 
to illustrate my lectures. A summary of each lecture 
was plaeed on the hoards daily, to guide and assist the 

D. — Examinations were held from time to time. 

E. — Medical Faculty. 

F. — In all, twenty-nine students; twenty-three ma- 
triculated, six non-matriculated. Attendance good. 

G. — General conduct of the students excellent. No 
discipline required. 

H. — Good. 

Alexander Fleming. 


Official Report of Librarian. Official 

To Sir Robert Kane, President, Queen’s College, Cork, edition an approved one, it receives its appropriate Librarian. 

Sir, — I have the honour to transmit yon the accom- place in the library, and has its exact title, with 

panying report of the condition and progress of the Authors name, date, and place of publication, as well as 

library of this College for the Session 1856-57. tie B .y stem of marks denoting its own precise place in 

1. The numbor of volumes in the library, at the date tlle library cases, entered, firstly, in a catalogue arranged 

of this report, is 8,689, including 111 volumes of maps, alphabetically by the authors’ names ; secondly, in a 

plates, die., and about 90 pamphlets on various sub- catalogue raisonne, according to its subject ; thirdly, in 

jects. They are classified according to their profes- a catalo S ne whose principle of arrangement is the 

sional departments in the following manner:— number of case, shelf, and place on shelf, m which it 

Vois. may be found. 

Greek Language and Literature, . . . .419 There have been bound within the past year 788 

Latin do., do., .... 239 volumes. 

Modern do” do ’ • • • • 1,255 5. The library has suffered no loss in books during 

Celtic Languages, . . ! ". .' * ns the past year ; nor have the books suffered any 

Oriental do., 61 damage, accidental or otherwise, save the unavoidable 

Historv S Ancient, 86 wear of a few dozen Text-books that have been in 

r ■ i ‘ Modera and Medueval, . . . 1,314 constant use. 

Logic and Metaphysics, . . . . . 273 r T , , , , • ,, 

Theology and Church History, .... 146 6. I have bad no occasion during the past year to 

Pure Mathematics, 236 report any breach of the library discipline, and it gives 

Mathematics (Mixed) and ExperimentalPhilosophy, 403 me the greatest pleasure to give this public testimony 

Fortifications, &c., • • • • • • 185 . to the uniformly gentlemanly conduct of the students 

Geography, Voyages, and Travels, . . .229 , ■ ,, V , J b J 

wMlW, 7 ...... <11 

Chemistry, 385 7. The following are necessary to the efficient 

Geology and Mineralogy, 192 working of the library* : — 

Engineering and Architecture, . . . .154 A thick carpet, which would more or less destroy the 

English Law, 149 sounds of footsteps in the library and gallery. 

Jurisprudence and Political Economy, . . . 476 Some means of beating the room. There is at pre- 

Medical library, 1,151 sent one fire-place, so constructed as to carry off the 

— — greater portion of the beat generated in it. In conae- 

Tota ’ 8,689 quence oftbis the room is almost insufferably cold in win- 

2. The number of volumes purchased within the past ter, while the books in parts of it are in danger of 'being 

year is 920, which, with nine presented, make the seriously injured by damp. The present fire-place 

increase of the library for the year 929. should he removed, and two descending stoves placed at 

3. The library was completely re-arranged, after the either end of the room — their flues may he made to 

erection of the gallery, during the past Session. The traverse the room beneath its floor. 

present arrangement has given satisfaction to the Conn- 8. I have had no occasion to remark any want of 
oil and Library Committee, who examined it previous cleanliness in the library. The library porter isamost 

to its being made permanent. efficient servant ; but one porter is altogether insuf- 

All books immediately on being received have the fieient to discharge the increased duties of the library, 
library stamp impressed npon them in suitable places : _ . ... , 

there ia no book in the library without this marie. If, I am, sir, your obedient gervaof _ 

on examination, the volume is found perfect and the Dec. 3, 1857. Matthias O’Keeffe, Librarian 


Official Report of the Curator of the Museum. 

1. The Museum of this College consists, as stated in 
last year’s report, of five departments, viz., Zoological, 
Botanical, Geological, Palceontological, andMineralogical. 

2. The number of specimens in these several depart- 
ments remains the same as in last year’s report, except 
irr the Botanical Department, which has recently 
received a considerable addition in the form of speci- 
mens of plants collected in the south of Ireland ; but as 

Report of the 

these are not yet in a proper state of arrangement, Curator of the 
their number cannot be specified. M"" 

3. With the exception of the plants above alluded to 
there has been no additions to the Museum since the 
last report. 

i. And in consequence there are no objects of interest 
to report upon, as having been obtained in the interval 
last report. 

’* These deficiencies havb been supplied by the Council. — M. O'KimrrE. 

. G2 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 


Appendix I. 5. As concerns the arrangement of the specimens in 
Official Museum, the Zoological portion, as far as is at 

Report of the P resent possible, has been arranged in proper order for 
Curator of the study. There are, however, many gaps, which require 
Museum. filling up with typical specimens in order to make this 
department sufficiently perfect to admit of its being 
catalogued. The cases which I referred to in the last 
report have been received, and the specimens placed in 
them ; and every care has been taken to prevent any 
injury being sustained by the objects in this depart- 
ment of Natural History. In the matter of the Herba- 
rium, this has now ample accommodation, and has 
been properly classified, except in the case of the 
new specimens before alluded to. 

I have here to express my regret at the loss which 
this department of the Museum has sustained, in conse- 
quence of the death of the late Professor of Natural 
History, Mr. Smith, who took an especial charge of 
this department, and to whose zeal and knowledge the 
portion of the Museum devoted to Botanical specimens 
is greatly indebted. 

As concerns the Geological and Mineralogical de- 
partments, these may now be regarded as in a perfect 
condition for educational purposes, except the former, 
which is still in want of a series of specimens, illustra- 
tive of British Palaeontology. The catalogue of these 
departments is complete, and the re-arrangement of 
the minerals in the new cases finished ; and this last 

feffr * “ y be ’ es * rf ' a ”»»* m tw 

6. In fitments and cases, as far « 
is concerned, the Museum may be considered 
condition. I have, boweverf deeSKSiffS 
apply for three new upright cases, as these willbe n £ 
cessary whenever the required typical P 

Zoology shall be obtained 4 The Museum, so ™ £ 
condition will allow, is in every respect availab" fe 
exhibition and instruction. Ior 

. h A * ‘1m conduct and discipline of student, 

in tb. Museum these may be considered as sstisfactoty ■ 
and I believe the late Professor of Natural Historv 
wmdd have agreed with me on this matter had he been 

8 ‘, . r " 1:wt report I had occasion to refer to the 

unsatisfactory condition of the Museum, as recards the 
chimneys ; the evil has been, I hope, remedied; the 
walls have also been coloured, which gives the Museum 
a more comfortable aspect, and the ceiling whitened I 
fear, however, that the damp in the south wall '(in 
report cal ed north wall, by mistake) has not been got 
lid of, and that this will m a short time so spot the 
colouring as to give a very dirty aspect. Respecting 
internal cleanliness and attendance, I have to reiiorf 
favourably. r 

October 26tb, 1857. H ““* 

of accounts 
furnished by 


Copies of the several Accounts furnished by the Bursar, showing the financial Condition of the 

No. 1. — General Abstract of the Endowment Account of Queen’s College, Cork, for the year from 1st April 
1856, to 31st March, 1857. ’ 

Heads of Service — Receipts. 

. . . w brought to credit 

of public, ..... 

Amount brouglitto credit in respect of Balance, 
on 3 1st March, 1852, 

Amount brought to credit in respect of Balance, 
on 31 st March, 1855, 

By surplus in opposite account, explained by 
an error in bringing forward the casting-up 
in the months of June, 1856, and February, 

1st December, 1857. 

Heads of Service — Payment. 

By amount paid for Salaries,! . 

By amount paid for Prizes and Scholarships, 
By amount for Porters and Servants, . 

By amount for advertising, 

By error in account, underenst, in April, 1855, 

5,150 0 0 
1,366 10 0 
350 15 7 

By Balance in hands, 

£7,429 16 01 

Edward M. Fitzgerald, Bursar. 

^°’ 2— Statement of Receipts and Expenditure of amount of Funds derived from College and Matriculation 
on 6 , 8 ’ “°* ,e ® oxe3 > f° r the Academic Year, commencing 20th October, 1856, and ending 
20th October. IRS? ° ’ ’ 


To Balance in hands of Bursar, as per lost report, 
Cash received for College and Matriculation Pees, 
Cash, Library Pines, &c., . 

Cash, rent of robe boxes for Sessions 1853-54 to 

£ s. d. 
42 2 11 
53 10 0 
0 18 6 | 

8 5 0 


Cash paid, printing, 

Carpenter, repairs, 

Repairing and regulating clock, . 
Repairs of robe boxes, 

Fittings and locks for boxes, 

Dusters, &c., for Steward, 

Sundry 6mall Expenditure, 

By Balance, as follows ; — 

In Bank, . . £48 16 3 

In Bursar’s hands, . 24 16 11 

4 0 0 ' 
0 16 0 
3 5 6 
18 3 

73 13 2 

£104 16 5 

£104 16 6 

1st December, 1857. 

Signed, Edward M. Fitzgerald, Bursar. 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 


No. 3. (Form A.)— Stiteueht of the actual Payments by Bursas from the Parliamentary Grant of £1,600, on Appendix K. 

account of the several Departments of the Queen’s College, Cork, for each of the three years, from 1st April, 

1854, to 31st March, 1857, respectively. Copies 

of accounts 


Classical Languages, 

English Language and History, 

Foreign Modern Languages, 

Celtic Languages, .... 
Mathematical and Physical Sciences, 
Natural Sciences, .... 
Civil and Military Engineering and Agricult 
Mental, Legal, and Political Science, 
Medical Sciences, .... 
Periodical Literature, 

General Library Expenses, . 

Museums : — 

Art and Archfeology, 

Physical Science, 

Chemical Laboratories, 

Natural Sciences, 

Engineering and Agriculture, 

Medical Sciences, 

Establishment : — 

Printing, Stationery, and Office Expenses, 
Advertising, . 

Heating and Lighting, 

Botanic Garden and Grounds, 


Balance in hands of Bursar o 

28 9 10 
113 1 
235 18 1 | 

24 IS 
112 14 
46 13 2 | 
52 19 ' 

102 18 
177 18 2 I 
78 17 

129 14 5 
244 13 11 
74 16 2 
90 3 7 

139 11 1 
604 11 2 
71 17 11 
309 13 5 

252 7 8 
293 8 5 
466 6 3 
291 3 3 

3lst March, 1857, 

Signed, Edward M. Fitzgerald, Bursar. 

N.B. — The sum of £50 16s. 6 d. remaining unexpended on the 31st March, belongs to the Department of Chemistry, and is 
to be paid for goods ordered, but not received on 31st March. 

No. 3. (Form B.) Statement of the Mode of Expenditure of the Parliamentary Grant of £1,600, for the years 

ending 31st March, 1855, 1856, and 1857, respectively, as apportioned among the several Departments of 
Queen’s Colleoe, Cork, Tor each year. 


Libraries : — 

Classical Languages, . 

Foreign ^oler^Lm^uages, ‘Philology, and Oriental and 
Celtic Lang 

Natural Sciences, 

Civil add Military Engineering and Agriculture, 

Mental, Legal, and Political Science, 

Medical Sciences, .... 

Periodical Literature, 

General Library Expenses, . 

Museums : — 

Art and Archaeology, 

Physical Science, . 

Chemical Laboratories, . • ■ 

■ Natural Sciences, . • • 

Engineering and Agriculture, 

Medical Sciences, . • ■ 

Establishment : — 

Printing Stationery, and Office Expenses, . 

Advertising, . - ■ • • 

Heating and Lighting and Wages of Fireman, 

Botanic Garden and Grounds, 

133 15 10 
167 5 8 
81 8 7 

5 12 1 
7 16 6 

106 14 11 
60 14. 0 

102 18 7 
90 19 3 
. *.62 3 2 
204 11 2 
32 16 1 
64 7 0 

545 IS 1 
466 6 3 
291 3 3 

n order to close the account of grant for that year.— E. K. 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



Appendix L. 


No. 1 . — Copy of Report of Committee on Special Courses of Study. 

Courses of ^he Committee appointed by the College Council on 
Study. the subject of Special Courses of Instruction met, and 
issued a circular to the Professors of the several depart- 
ments of study in ■which such special courses were pro- 
posed, requesting to be favoured with their opinion on 
the establishing of them; and have received replies from 
Professors Boole, Harkness, England, Smith, Lewis, 
Mills, and Blyth. 

The Committee agree with these Professors in think- 
ing that the lectures delivered at present are, on the 
whole, well adapted to prepare students for the com- 
petitive examination for admission into Woolwich and 
the East India Company’s service; but they are of 
opinion that the students would derive much advantage 
from a small amount of private instruction hy each 
Professor of a nature which they could not receive in 
the general class lecture. 

In the department of Greek, Latin, and the higher 
pure and mixed Mathematics, provision at present exists 
for such instruction in the extra classes of the Professors 
of Greek Latin, and Mathematics, and in the ordinary 
College class of the Professor of N atural Philosophy. But 
in the following department, viz., the lower branches 
of Mathematics and Natural Philosophy, in English 
Literature, Modern Languages, Chemistry, Geology, 
Natural History, Logic, Political Economy, and Geome- 
trical Drawing, the Committee think it advisable that 
each Professor should appoint one hour in the week 
throughout the course of lectures, during which he 
shall assist in whatever manner lie deems most advis- 
able any students attending the College Class who pro- 
pose presenting themselves at the Competitive Exa- 
minations for Woolwich or the East India Company’s 

The Committee would recommend that it he optional 
with the Professor to admit to his class only snch 
students as he shall consider sufficiently advanced in 
his department to have a reasonable prospect of suc- 
cess at a competitive examination. And they would 
also recommend that each student attending such 
classes should pay a fee of £1 to each Professor, in 
addition to all other fees which he may otherwise he 
required to pay to him. 

Approved, John Eyall, Chairman. 

November 21, 1856. 

Letters from Processors. 

Cork, November 19, 1856. 

Dear Sir, — I am scarcely prepared to give an 
opinion as to the advisability of establishing special 
courses, of study in the College for the examinations of 
Woolwich and the East India Board, seeing that our 
students have at present much difficulty in preparing 
for University examinations. 

But if it should seem fit to the Council to establish 
such courses, I am ready to carry out their view to the 
best of my ability, and will prepare a recommendation 
as to the best mode of effecting the object in my own 

I am, dear Sir, yours truly, 

G. Boole. 

14, Great Denmark-street, Dublin, 
November 19, 1856. 

Dear Sir,— Immediately on the receipt of yoi 
letter requesting my opinion as to the expediency, 
establishing special courses in my department of stud- 
I wrote for information on the subject; this I expei 
tc.have in a day or two, and will lose no time in the 
communicating with you. I should have replied to yo 
at once, but was in daily expectation of being able i 
give you a definite answer. 

I remain yours truly, 

R. H. Mills. 

Queen’s College, Cork, 
November 15, 1856. 

Dear Sir,— In reply to your letter of the 13th inst 
requesting my opinion as to the propriety of estab- 
lishing Special Courses in the department of Mixed 
Mathematics and Experimental Physics for the exami- 
nations at Woolwich and the East India Boards, I be® 
to state, that I deem the classes under my care, as at 
present constituted, as well adapted for preparing for 
these examinations as any others I could form; at the 
same time, I am willing to devote some time, as one 
day in each week, in specially assisting any students 
who may intend presenting themselves at these exa- 

I remain, dear Sir, yours very truly, 
John England. 

Queen’s College, Cork, 

November 17, 1856. 

Mi dear Sir, — In reply to ybnrs, relative to the 
courses of instruction in my department for the Wool- 
wich and East India Boards’ Examinations, I have 
to state that my lectures are much more extensive than 
any thing required for either of these Boards. As, 
however, it is probable that the time of many students 
would not allow of an attendance on the fnll course of 
Geology and Mineralogy as now delivered, I conceive 
that the requirements of the Boards would he satisfied 
by a shorter course ; .and I am prepared to meet such a 
case by an extra series of about sixteen lectures on 
my subject, provided a sufficient number of students 
may present themselves. 

Believe me yours truly, 

Robert Harkness. 

39, Sundays-well, 

November 17, 1856. 

Dear Sir, — In reply to yours of the 13th, I beg to 
say that I consider the instruction given in my class 
sufficient to prepare a student for any examination in 
Natural History to which the India Board is likely to 
subject candidates. And looking to the small number 
of marks, as allotted to my department, viz. : — to the 
one-fourth of 500, or in other words, to 125 out of 
6,125. I do not think it likely that any student will' 
think it worth his while to pay for or attend any extra’ 
instruction. If, however, the Committee decide other- 
wise, I am quite willing to make arrangements with 
regard to an extra class. 

Yours faithfully, 

Wm. Smith. 

42, Sundays-well, 

November 15, 1856. 

My dear Sir, — In reply to yonr note of the 13th 
instant, I beg to state there are three sessional courses in 
my department, and that they are adapted to prepare 
students for the East India aud Woolwich examinations. 

The only improvement with reference to these ob- 
jects which I could suggest is, that students intending 
to go up to these examinations should meet me once 
a-week to receive instructions in composition, or 
advice as to their course of reading, as each may 
require; I think this might bo done conveniently on 
.Friday morning. 

I remain, dear Sir, yours faithfully, 

B. Lewis. 

Queen’s College, 

November 16, 1856. 

Sir, — Having been prevented by indisposition from 
consulting the calendar to which you refer, I regret 
that I cannot give snch an answer to your letter of 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



November 13tli as I could wish. I have, however, 
seen the examination questions, for 1855, of the India 
and Woolwich Boards, and am able to say, that so far as 
Chemistry is concerned the courses given to the stu- 
dents of the Queen’s Colleges are, in every respect, 
amply sufficient to prepare any candidate for such 

Though, in the abstract, I hold that no more specific 
course of Chemistry is, in reality, required for the India 
and Woolwich Boards than for the Queen’s University, 
yet I deem it expedient, in some measure, to meet the 
outcry for such specific courses raised by the public, 

who have so far constituted themselves judges in this Appendix L. 

matter as to have forced their adoption on other insti- 

tutions. In Chemistry I would recommend, as most Report ; of 
profitable, a short course of examinations either on on 

those portions of the systematic lectures or on such Courses of 
portions of the chemical text-books that I may deem Study, 
most nsefnl in impressing on the students’ minds the 
principles of the science which are most likely to form 
subjects of the Indian and Woolwich examinations. 

I am, Sir, your obedient servant, 

John Blyth. 

No. 2. — Prospectus of Courses of Study adapted for the India Crvix Service, and for the Royal Prospectus of 
Military Academy at Woolwich. 

The following arrangements with respect to the 
examination of candidates for admission to the Civil 
Service of the East India Company, and to the Military 
Academy, have been published by the Board of Con- 
trol, and by the authorities of the War Office: — 3 . Classics, . . -| , n(m }■ 1,750 

Examination for the India Service. 

2. English Language; Literature, Composition, 
History, and Geography, . 

r Language, Litera- 
ture, Geography, 

>CU|. .4 

Courses of 
Study for the 
India Civil 
Service, &c. 

pany, will be entitled to he examined at such Examination, 
provided he shall, on or before the 185 , have 

transmitted to the Board of Commissioners — 

“ (a) A certificate of his age, being above eighteen years, 
and under twenty-three years. 

“ (6) A certificate, signed by a physician or surgeon, of his 
having no disease, constitutional affection, or bodily infirmity, 
unfitting him for the Civil Service of India, 

“ (c) A certificate of good moral character, signed by the 
head of the school or college at which he has last received his 
education ; or, if he has not received education at any school or 
college since the year 185 , then such proof of good moral 
character as may he satisfactory to the India Board. 

“ (d) A statement of those of the branches of knowledge 
hereinafter enumerated, in which he desires to be examined. 

“ 2. The examination will take place only in the following 
branches of knowledge : — 

English Language and Literature : — 

Composition, 500 

English Literature and History, including 
that of the Laws and Constitution, . 1,000 


Language, Literature, aud History of Greece, 750 
,, „ „ Rome, 750 

„ ,, France, 375 

„ Germany, 375 
„ „ „ My, 375 

Mathematics, pure and mixed, . . . 1,000 

Natural Sciences, that is, Chemistry, Electri- 
city, and Magnetism, Natural History, Geo- 
logy, and Mineralogy, . Knn 

Moral Sciences, that is, Logic, Mental, Moral, 
and Political Philosophy, .... 
Sanscrit Language and Literature, . 

Arabic Language and Literature, . 


,J. Mathematics, 

’Pure, . • . • 

Mixed, i.e,, Statics, 
Dynamics, Hydro- 

2 , 000 ' 

1 ,500 ' 

Ditto, of Ancient 
Greece, . . . 750 

... Language, Literature, Geography, and His- 
tory of France, 1,000 

5. Language, Literature, Geography, and His- 

tory of Germany, 750 

“The examination in French and German will be both 
written and vio& voce. 

6. Experimental Sciences, i.e., Chemistry, 

Heat, Electricity, including Magnetism, . 1,000 

7. Natural Sciences, Mineralogy, and Geology, 750 

8. Drawing, i.e., Elementary Geometrical 

Drawing, including the use of Drawing In- 
struments, and either Machinery, Architec- 
tural, Engineering, or Landscape Drawing, 1 ,000 
“ No candidate will he allowed to he examined in more than 
five subjects, of which one must be Mathematics; and no one 
who does not obtain at least 1,000 marks in Mathematics, of 
which at least 700 must be in Pure Mathematics, will be cligi- 
for an appointment.* 

« Prom the other subjects of examination each Candidate 
may select any, not exceeding four in number, in which he 
desires to he examined ; hut no one will he allowed to count 
the marks gained in any such subject, unless those marks shall 
at least amount to one-sixth of the total number of marks 
allotted to that subject. , „ , , _ 

« Any Candidate who shall not select French and Geometri- 
cal Drawing among the subjects of Examination, will be re- 
quired to satisfy the examiners that he has such knowledge, at 
least of the elements of those two subjects, as shall afford rea- 
sonable expectation that he will perfect himself in both during 
his residence at the Academy. , _ , 

“No Candidate will he admitted into the Royal Military 
Academy unless he obtain an aggregate of 3,000 marks at least. ’ 

N.B. The number and comparative values of the 

different subjects determined upon for the two examina- 
tions may be seen at once in the accompanying table : 


“3. The merit of the persons examined will he estimated 
by marks, according to the ordinary system in use at several 
of the Universities, and the numbers set opposite to each 
branch in the preceding paragraph denote the greatest number 
of marks that can be obtained in respect of it. 

“4. No candidate will be allowed any marks in respect ol 
any subject of examination unless he shall obtain, in respect of 
that subject, one-sixth of the number of marks set against that 
particute^u^eot.^t. 0 ^ wiii be conducted by means of printed 
questions and written answers, and by viva voce examination. 

Examination for Admission to Woolwich. 

“ Candidates must be between the ages of seventeen and 
twenty years. The successful candidates will remam under 
instruction at the academy for about two years, or until they 
are sufficiently advanced in scientific knowledge to pass a 
satisfactory examination; and they mil then recewe Commis- 
sions in the Royal Artillery or Royal Engineers. They will be 
required to pay a sum of £22 10 s. on admission, to cover the 
■ expense of ufiifonn, books, &c and a contribution of £62 10s^ 
payable in advance, for each half-year of the time during 
which they remain at the academy. .... ... . „ 

“The admissions will be determined by the result of a 
competitive examination, the subjects of which will be as 
follows : — 

English Language, Literature, &c., 

Greek Language, Literature, &c., 

Latin Language, Literature, &c., 

French Language, Literature, &c., 

German Language, Literature, &c., 

Italian Language, literature, &c. , 

Mathematics, Pure and Mixed, 

Natural and Experimental Sciences, 

Moral Sciences, 

Sanscrit, . 

Arabic, . 

Drawing, . 

Tbe following lectures of these subjects are d 
n Queen’s College, Cork ; — 

English Language, &c., . by Professor Rushton. 

Greek Language, &c., 


French, . 


Italian, . 

Mathematics, - ...... 

„ . fNaturalPhilosophyby „ 




De Vericour. 
De Vericour. 
De Vericour. 



Natural History 

Geology and V Harkness. 

Mineralogy) ” ’ 

Moral Sciences, . . ... .. R« a “- 

Drawing, ... .... JacK. 

* N B —The Examination in Arithmetic, Algebra, Plane 
Geometry, Logarithms, and Plane Trigonometry, will be dose 
and searching. 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



Appendix L. 

Prospectus of 
Courses of 
Study for the 
India Civil 
Service, &c. 

Gentlemen may attend at their own option any one 
or more of the above lectures as Non-Matriculated 
Students, upon payment of a fee, in no case exceeding 
£2, for each class, and one of 5s. to the College. 

The Council of the College would, however, recom- 
mend all gentlemen who may intend to prepare them- 
selves for these examinations at Queen’s College, Cork, 
if enabled to devote sufficient time for that purpose, to 
avail themselves of the courses of study prescribed to 
students who may wish to proceed to the degree of 
Bachelor of Arts in the Queen’s University in Ireland. 

The olasses at present required from Matriculated 
students ate — 

The Greek Language, 
The Latin Language, 
The English Language, 
Pees for Session, 

The Modern Languages, 


secure the benefit of a degree which, in addition to 
other advantages, will materially shorten the period of 
his admission to the profession of Barrister, Solicitor 
or Attorney, Physician or Surgeon- and will enable 
him, after one years additional attendance on lectures 
to obtain the diploma of Assistant Engineer from the 
Queen’s University. 

The professors who have charge of the different 
departments comprised in the Civil Service and 'Wool- 
wich Examinations will undertake the special super- 
vision and direction of the studies of such students as 
may announce their iutention of offering themselves as 
candidates, provided the proficiency of the students may 
hold out a reasonable prospect of success. J 

A fee of £1 will be payable by those gentlemen who 
may wish to avail themselves of such special and per- 
sonal supervision. *■ 


Logie, I The Higher Mathe- 

Chemistry, matics. 

Principles of Zoology and Or — The Greek and Latin 
Botany, 1 Languages. 

Pees for Session, . . £6 15 s. 


Natural Philosophy, 
History and English • 

Physical Geography, 

Fees for Session, 


Or— Jurisprudence and 
Political Economy. 

£5 5s. 

At the end of the third year, Matriculated Students 
are admitted to graduate in Arts after passing the exa- 
minations prescribed by the Senate of the University. 

By adopting this course the candidate, if he should 
be unsuccessful in the competitive examinations, will 

College Terms for the Session 1857-58. 

Tho First Term will commence on the 20th of Octo- 
ber, 1857, and end on the 19th of December. 

The Second Term will commence on the 4th of Janu- 
ary, 1858, and end on the 27th of March. 

The Third Term will commence on the 12th of April, 
1858, and end with the Session, on the 12th of Jupe. * 

The Session 1858-59 will commence on Tuesday the 
19th of October, 1858. 

There will be Matriculation Examination for admis- 
sion into the several Faculties and Departments of 
Faculties on Tuesday the 5th of January, 1858, and on 
Tuesday the 19 th of October, 1858. 

Any further information may be obtained by per- 
sonal or written application to the Begistrar of the 


ArPENDixM. Documents regarding Discipline and Conduct of Students, with Reports from the Vice-Presi- 

- . dent, the Deans of Residences, and Discipline Committee. 


^dpSmand No. * — Form of Vice-President’s Return. 
Conduct of Return to be filled up by the Vice-Presidentand sent in 
Students, &c. io j.j je Registrar for the official information of the 
President, on or before tho 20th day of November, 
for the Collegiate Session 1856-57. 

A — As to the stale and efficiency of all the several 
departments of the College, to which the constant 
supervision of tho Vice-President is directed by tho 

B. — As to the slate of order and discipline in the 
College, to which the particular attention of the Vice- 
President is directed by the Statutes. 

Signed, By order of the President, 

Robert J. Kenny, Registrar. 

October 23, 1857. 

No. 2 — Return of the Vice-President. 

A. — The several departments of the College, in so 
far as .they come under the Vice-President’s supervision, 
were in an efficient state. 

B. — There were some irregularities in the early part 
of the session among a certain portion of the students, 
which resulted in the rustication of an individual for a 
year. From that time the discipline of the College was 

The Vice-President thinks it necessary to observe, 
that owing to objections on the part of some of the 
Professors to the rules of discipline, as published by 
the authority of tho Council, in reference to the conduct 
of the students when not in attendance at lecture, a 
Committee of Discipline was appointed, and that their 
Report is now under the consideration of the Council. 

John Ryall, Vice-President. 

November 3, 1857. 

No. 3 . — Return of Cases of Violation of College 
Discipline brought before the College Council 
during the Session 1856-57. 

Dot.. | of Offonoo. 

| Punishment. 

February 4. | 

Grossly disrespectful 1 
conduct to the Vice- 

Rustication for the re- 
mainder of the Ses- 

No. 4 — Report of the Committee on Discipline, 
submitted to the Council. 

The present Committee was constituted by a resolu- 
tion of the Council for the purpose of considering the 
existing rules of discipline, with a view to their amend- 
ment. It was to consist of Professors England, Jack, 
Fleming, and Read, who, after giving their best atten- 
tion to the matter, have unanimously resolved to submit 
the following Report to the Council for their consider- 

The Committee have to express their regret at not 
being able to secure the benefit of the assistance of the . 
Vice-President, who may be supposed to be most capable 
of affording information with respect to the discipline 
of the College ; they are, however, happy to think that*' 
the Council will have the advantage of bis advice in 
considering the question when this Report is laid before 
that body. 

The Committee felt that they should not fully carry 
out the resolution by which they were called upon to 
act, if they did not take every means in their power of 
securing an expression of opinion from several of the 
Professors and Officers of the College, who, as being in 
special charge of certain departments, must be possessed 
of an amount of experience to which the members of 
the Committee could lay no claim. They have, there- 
fore, consulted the Professors of Natural History, of 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 


Anatomy and Physiology, the Curator of the Museum, 
the Bursar, and the Librarian, and they beg to return 
their best thanks to Professor Harkness and Mr. O’Keefe 
for their kindness in furnishing very valuable infor- 

The Committee have come to the conclusion that in 
order to provide a more efficient discipline it will be 
necessary to draw up an entirety new code, based for 
the most part on a system which has never yet been 
introduced into the College. They have, therefore, 
framed, and beg to present, for the consideration of the 
Council, a series of rules which are appended to this 

They are anxious, however, before presenting these 
regulations, to lay before the governing body of the 
College some of the objections to which the present 
code appears to be liable, as well as the leading reasons 
which have induced them to urge the adoption of a new 
feature in our internal administration. 

The most obvious objection to the rules at present in 
force, is, that they offer at best but a most circuitous 
mode of enforcing punishment. A Professor or Officer 
in whose presence a minor offence has been committed, 
has no power whatever of inflicting any penalty on the 
spot, but must refer the question to another authority. 
It must be plain that where a chance of escape is thus 
afforded to the student, and an unnecessary obstacle 
thrown in the way of the maintenance of order, many 
comparatively unimportant breaches of discipline will 
escape with impunity. But the evil does not rest here. 
Even when the Professor or Officer has reported, the 
Vice-President is not empowered by the existing regula- 
tions to inflict any penalty of his own authority. He 
is, therefore, compelled either to dismiss the offender 
with a mere reprimand, which must in many cases prove 
totally ineffectual, or bring him before the Council — a 
most undesirable course except in case of grave derelic- 
tion, and necessarily attended with a most injurious 
delay and uncertainty. It would appear that the Sta- 
tutes contemplate the direct action of the Council in the 
maintenance of discipline only on occasions when the 
infliction of the punishment of rustication or expulsion 
may be looked upon as probable ; and it would seem 
most desirable for the Under-graduates, and for the 
authorities of the College, that the influence of that 
body should not be impaired by its being called upon to 
act upon trivial occasions. 

It has also appeared to the Committee that the rules 
to be found in the calendar are objectionable, upon the 
ground that they seem to provide for no exercise of 
control over the student by the College as soon as he 
has quitted its walls. That such a state of things was 
never contemplated by the founders, is evident from the 
most cursory examination of the Statute of Punishments, 
which enumerates offences, the commission of which 
within the precincts of the College could never have 
been expected. 

Finally, the Committee cannot but express their sur- 
prise that the Council should unnecessarily have placed 
the Professors in so equivocal a position as that of being 
compelled to assist in the assertion ol order without any 
other means of control than that of reporting to the 
Vice-President, who is also himself not entrusted with 
any other means of correction than admonition, or 
bringing the case before the Council ; a plan which 
necessarily gives rise to delay and uncertainty, and tends 
to destroy the influence which the governing body ought 
- to possess, when more important emergencies occur. 

; For these, amongst other reasons, the Committee 
have come to the conclusion that the present rules are 
quite unfit to meet existing circumstances, and have, 
consequently, framed their code on two principles, with 
respect to which they beg to be allowed to make a few 
remarks before submitting them to the Council. 

Previously, however, to entering upon an explanation 
of their views, and of the system which they venture 
to recommend, the Committee are anxious to state that 
the changes which they propose to introduce are not 
intended to diminish the statutable rights and duties in 
connexion with the maintenance of discipline which 
may be vested in the Vice-President, or in any other 

member of the College. Their intention is simply to Appendix M. 

endeavour to attain the object in view by introducing 

an organization supplemental to, and not in derogation Documents 
of such lights or duties. Kid'll and 

With respect to the maintenance of order in the Conduct of 
class-rooms, it is believed that the powers which are Students, &c. 
conferred on the Professor by the statutes are amply 
sufficient. As, however, these powers are not defined at 
length, and may not be generally understood by the 
students, the Committee have thought it right to suggest 
the new rules which will he found in the Appendix, for 
the purpose of pointing out that the Professor will be 
assisted in upholding discipline in the class-rooms by 
the College authorities. 

To return, however, to the new features in the plan 
submitted by the Committee, they are of opinion that 
serious offences seldom occur where minor breaches of 
discipline are immediately repressed ; and as such can 
never be the case where there is no authority on the 
spot competent to inflict a penalty, they have agreed to 
recommend that within the College hounds every Pro- 
fessor be empowered to impose a fine within the limits, 
and subject to the right of appeal on the part of the 
student, which are embodied in the Appendix. Any 
oppressive use of such a power would seem to be amply 
provided against if the limitation so proposed should be 
adopted. The Committee are happy to find that the 
experience of the Librarian fully coincides with their 
opinion as to the efficacy of a trifling penalty if promptly 

The question of external discipline is more difficult ; 
but as the Committee think that the future prosperity 
of the College is most intimately connected with its en- 
forcement, they venture to recommend a new feature in 
our administration which seems to be the only one com- 
petent to meet the circumstances of the case. This is 
the introduction of the tutorial system as employed 
with perfect success in the Universities of Oxford, Cam- 
bridge, and Dublin, subject, of course, to such modifi- 
cations as the position of the Queen’s Colleges may 

Without going minutely into the details of their 
proposition in this place it may be sufficient to state 
that they recommend, that the parent or guardian of 
every student entering the institution he required to 
place him under the control of one of the Professors, 
who can exercise over him the authority usually pos- 
sessed by College Tutors ; that if any parent neglect so 
to do, the omission he supplied by the Council ; that the 
Tutor shall be entrusted with a more personal supervi- 
sion over liis pupil, both as to external and internal 
discipline, and should be the recognized organ of com- 
munication between the student and the authorities of 
the College, as well as between the authorities and the 
parent or guardian of the student. 

The Committee wish most earnestly to press upon 
the Council the adoption of some such system as that 
indicated above, from the conviction which they enter- 
tain that any considerable augmentation of the present 
numbers, and efficiency of the College, can be expected 
only from an increase of the students whose parents 
reside at a distauce from Cork. Such an increase they 
think by no means probable, unless the parents arc 
satisfied that their children will not he left entirety 
without control when sent to prosecute their studies at 
a distance from home. They would also call attention 
to the fact that such a feature as the maintenance of an 
effective superintendence over the students would be 
entirety a novelty in a medical school, and must, if suc- 
cessfully carried out, operate as a powerful inducement 
to parents in selecting Cork as the place of education for 
their sons. 

They believe, moreover, that the experience of every 
Professor will testify to the consciousness on the part of 
the student of the want of such an adviser as it is now 
proposed to provide for him in the shape of a tutor. 

At present, if a student find himself in a difficult position 
by reason of an act of one of the professorial body, or 
of any other authority, being without any recognised 
adviser within the walls, he is driven to seek external 
assistance, or, as occasionally happens, to consult a Pro- 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



Appendix M. fessor as a private friend. The Professor, not being 

authorized by the present regulations, to interfere in 

Documents ^ matter, is placed in a situation of much delicacy if 
Discipline and question relate to the proceedings of the College. 

Conduct of It must obviously be most undesirable to drive the stu- 
Students, &c. dent for advice elsewhere, so long as the College is 
capable of affording it. 

The same remark will apply to the case of a parent 
whose son may be threatened with punishment, and 
who may be at a loss for a proper channel through 
which any explanation or defence may be communicated 
to the authorities of the College. The Committee are 
confident that the existence of an authorized adviser, 
erally selected by the parent himself, would afford 
i great satisfaction should any such circamstance 


The Committee are also convinced that the experience 
of the professorial body will corroborate their opinion 
that the students feel a want of some one to whom they 
have a right to look for instruction and guidance in the 
course of their studies, and generally of tlieir academic 
career. As our present organization does not profess to 
supply this deficiency, the student approaches the Pro- 
fessor with diffidence ; and the Professor who acts in an 
unauthorized capacity, gives his advice with hesitation 
and reluctance. This especially happens when, as is 
frequently the case, he must recommend the student to 
give the greater share of his attention to some depart- 
ments of knowledge to the partial neglect of some other 
which may be under the charge of a brother Professor. 

It seems hardly necessary to insist upon the satisfac- 
tion which the experience of other institutions shows is 
derived by parents from having a member of the College 
whose province it is to make himself specially ac- 
quainted with the mode in which their sons are con- 
ducting themselves during their absence from home, and 
of the progress which they are making in their colle- 
giate studies. If the Oonneil should think fit to adopt 
the suggestions of the Committee, such an officer would 
at once be provided, and the parent would know to 
whom to apply for information should auy anxiety 
arise in his mind as to whether his son was doing his 
best to avail himself of the opportunities offered by the 
College. The tutorial system alone appears to oiler a 
mode by which anything approaching to an effective 
supervision over the students outside the precincts of 
the College can be exercised. Such a supervision to be 
beneficial, must be exercised by a person in some degree 
acquainted with the habits, position, and character of 
the student, of which Hie Professors generally must of 
necessity he almost entirely ignorant, hut with which 
his more intimate personal knowledge would at once 
furnish the Tutor. 

It m ay, perhaps, occur to the Council as an objection 
to the proposed plan, that as tho discharge of the duties 
of the tutorial office has not been enforced by Statute 
upon the Professors, it would not be competent to the 
Council to charge them with such a responsibility. The 
Committee, however, are confident that, if the members 
of the College, generally, coincide with them in their 
opinion of the benefits which would arise from the 
adoption of such a change, no difficulty need be appre- 
hended on this point. Some of tho Professors will, no 
doubt, be unable to assist in putting it into execution 
from the pressure of other duties, which already draw 
severely upon their time and health. But there is every 
reason to believe that there will still remain a sufficient 
number of the professorial who will be both able and 
willing to co-operate with the Council, if they should bo 
convinced that its adoption would be desirable. 

In bringing to a conclusion the reasons, which they 
venture to urge upon the Council for the adoption of 
the tutorial system, the Committee cannot, howovev, 
refrain from expressing it as their opinion that, the 
regulations which they have suggested, although, if 
effectively put in force, they seem likely to prove of 
great service, must still necessarily fall short of the 
object in view; it appears to them that it will always 
be impossible to maintain a thoroughaystem of discipline 
over the students who do not reside with their parents, 
or with some friend in the city, until suitable residences 

for the students he provided within the precincts of the 
College, and under the control of its authorities. 

They, therefore, beg to recall the attention of the 
governing body of the College to a report which was 
furnished during the coarse of the last session by a 
Committee, of which all hut one of the present were 
members, and which suggested a mode by which in 
their opinion, this most desirable object could be'ob- 
tained, simply by making use of the present endowment 
and of the powers which they believe to be vested in 
the Board of Works. The plan recommended was that 
a sum should be advanced by the Board of Public 
Works sufficient to afford the required accommodation • 
the payment of the interest, and the gradual liquidation 
of the capital to he so advanced, was to be secured by 
making the possession of a set of rooms one of the 
advantages to be attached to the scholarship, as an equi- 
valent for which a small portion of the stipend was to 
be deducted. 

They, therefore, entertain a confident expectation 
that the authorities of the College will omit no favour- 
able opportunity of urging the Government to forward 
a measure which must exercise so beneficial an infloence 
upon the future progress of their institution. 

John England, Chairman. 

Alex. Fleming. 

Alex. Jack. 

G. Sidnev Read, Secretary. 

Rules Proposed by the Committee. 

I. That every matriculated student on matriculation, and 
every non-matriculated student at the time of joining his first 

■’■■■ v: 1 or guardian under the 

s, who are empowered by 

3. That tho Tutor shall lie the official organ of communicn- 

and duties possessed by the College Tutors. 

4. That every Professor shall be empowered to inflict a 
secondary punishment, of tho nature hereafter specified, on 
any student whom lie shall find committing a broach of College 

5. That the secondary punishments which the Professor is 
empowered to inflict, shall be money flues, of any amount under 
10s., and impositions. 

0. That when a Professor shall inflict punishment on a 
student, lie shall as soon as possible inform the student of his 
having done so. and shall enter the name of the student, the 
offence, and the punishment in a book, to be kept for this pur- 
pose in tlie Registrar's Office. 

7 . That breaches of College discipline shall he understood to 
includo ail offences mentioned in tho Statute of Punishment, 
riotous or disorderly behaviour within the College bounds; 
Smoking within the College bounds ; neglect of notices posted 
by order of the proper College authorities ; absence from Lec- 
ture without reasonable excuse. 

8. That if any student, when interrogated by a Professor, 
shall deny tho fact of his being a College student, he shall be 
deemed guilty of a grave off'ence, and be summoned before the 
Council for tho same. 

9. That if a Professor shall think any offence deserve a more 

severe punishment than that which he is empowered to inflict, 
he shall report the offence, and the name of the offender to the 
Vice-President, who shall summon the offender before the 
Council. . 

1 0. That if any Professor shall report an offence to the Vice- 

President, he shall appear before the Council to prove the com- 
mission of such offence. , 

1 ! . That if any student shall think he can show reasons why 
any punishment inflicted on him by a Professor should be 
mitigated or remitted, he shall have tho power of applying, 
through his College Tutor, to the Council for such mitigation 

12. That before mitigating or remitting any such. punish-" 
ment, the Council shall obtain from the Professor who inflicted 

it, a statement of his reasons for having done so. 

13. That immediately after each Council the Registrar shaU 

mark, ns confirmed, all fines wliich shall not have been remitted 
by the Council, noting in the Punishment Book any mitigations 
which the Council may have ordered. , 

14. That any student who shall not pay his fine to the 
Bursarwithin one week after thcconfirmationaf such fine, sflau 
be excluded from the College until it shall have been P al<1 - . 

15. That the several officers shall exercise within their 
respective departments, the same powers as the Vn&HO* 

16. That every Professor shall be empowered to remove any 
student from las Lecture Boom, who shall have been guilty ot 

o refuse 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 


credit for attendance on Lectnres to any student who shall not 
appear to hare prepared the business of the Lecture. 

18. That if any College porter or servant shall And any 
student committing any breach of College discipline, he shall in 
no case interfere with the student, but shall report the offence 
and the name of the offender to the Vice-President 
19 ‘ 9 ? llege bounds are the Western Road, College 
Rood, Gill Abbey, and Litton Streets. 

No. 5. — Resolutions of Council, June 9, 1855, 
regulating attendance on Classes, and granting 
of Certificates for same. 

2. That the Class-roll shall be called within the first 
fire minutes after the hour appointed for the commence- 
ment of each lecture, and that no student who shall not 
answer to his name shall get credit for attendance, 
unless he can give a satisfactory reason to the Professor 
for his absence during the calling of the roll. 

3. That no student shall be entitled to a certificate of 
attendance on any course of lectures, or be admitted to 
the Sessional Examination of the Class, who shall not 
have attended at least one-half of the lectures of which 
such course shall consist. 

4. That those students who shall have attended five- 
sixtlis of the course shall be entitled to a certificate of 
having attended “ very regularly.” 

5. That those who shall have attended two-thirds of 
the course shall be entitled to a certificate of bavin" 
attended “regularly.” 

6. That those who shall have attended one-half of 

the course, shall be elgMt to a certificate of having 
attended, “ but not regul^Wff.” g 

7. That in those courses of the Faculty of Arts, which 
consist of three terms, attendence on the whole of the lec- 
tures delivered during any two of those terms, shall he 
considered as equivalent to attendance on two-thirds of 
the whole course ; and attendance on three-fourths of 
such lectures, as equivalent to attendance on one-half of 
the course. But that it shall he competent to the Pro- 
fessor to make allowance for an occasional absence 
arising from illness, or other unavoidable accident. 

8. That the clause, No. 7, shall not apply to medical 
students attending the courses in the Faculty of Arts. 

9. That three separate forms of certificates of atten- 
dance shall be prepared, leaving the words “ very 
regularly,” “ regularly,” and “ but not regularly,” 
printed severally in each. 

10. That copies of the foregoing regulations shall ho 
printed on the back of each certificate. 

Robert J. Kenny, Registrar. 

No. 6. — Statute of Punishments. 

1. Any student guilty of any of the following of- 
fences, shall be liablo to expulsion from the College ; hut 
it shall be competent to the Council, should they deem 
it more conducive to the discipline of the College, and 
the reformation of the offender, to impose some lighter 
punishment for the same. 

1. Habitual neglect of attendance for divine wor- 
ship at such church or chapel as shall be ap- 
proved by his parents or guardians. 

2. Habitual neglect of attendance on the religious 
instruction provided for students of his church 
or denomination, in the licensed boarding house 

' in which he may reside. 

3. Immoral or dishonest practices. 

4. Treasonable or seditious conduct. 

5. Drunkenness. 

6. Grievous offences against college rules or dis- 

7. Wilful and serious injury to the property of 
the college. 

2. For all offences and violations of the statutes, 
rules, and ordinances of the college, of a less grievous 
nature than the preceding, the Council shall have power 
to inflict such fine or other punishment as shall appear 
to them suitable to the same. 

3. No student who has been expelled from any of the 
Queen’s Colleges in Ireland, shall be allowed afterwards 
to enter or pursue his studies in any other of the said 

Rules of Council regarding the General Discip- Appendix m. 

line of the College. • 

- - i n i Documents 

i. it shall be the duty of every Professor and officer regarding 
of the college, and more especially of the Deans of the ^istuplineand 
several Faculties, to assist in maintaining discipline, and smdentsL 
m repressing, by admonition and reproof, misconduct ’ 

and disorder among the students. 

2: If any student shall prove inattentive to the ad- 
monition and reproof of any Dean, Professor, or Officer, 
it shall be the duty of such Dean, Professor, or Officer, 
to report the offender to the Vice-President. 

3. If the Vice-President shall deem it necessary or 
desirable, he shall summon the offender to appear 
biffore the Council at its next subsequent meeting, 
when he shall be solemnly admonished by the Presi- 
dent or acting Chairman of the Council. 

4. If any student shall have been summoned before 
the Council a second time during the same term, he 
shall forfeit the term, and be excluded from the college 
during the remainder thereof 

5. If the offence for which any student shall be sum- 
moned before the Council he of a grave character, it 
shall he competent to the Council to suspend him during 
either one or two Sessions, according to their discretion. 

6. It shall be the duty of the Steward and Porters of 
the College to report to the Vice-President any in- 
stances of disorder or breach of discipline which they 
may observe. 

By order of the Council, 

April 16, 1850. Robert J. Kenny, Registrar. 

No. 7. — Regulations to be observed by Pro- 
prietors of Houses Licensed by tbe President 
for the residence of Students of Queen’s Col- 
lege, Cork, and to be observed under penalty 
of withdrawal of Licence. 

1. The proprietor shall, on the first day of each term, 
make a return to the Registrar of the College, of the 
names of all students residing therein. 

2. In case of students commencing to reside during a 
term, their names shall he reported to the Registrar 
immediately on their entering into possession of their 

3. The proprietor shall, in all cases, arrange that 
each student shall have a separate bed, and separate 
means of cleanliness, and shall, in case of more than one 
person sleeping in the same room, lodge with the 
Bursar of the college a plan of such room, with the 
arrangements of beds proposed. 

4. No apartment shall be used as a bed-room unless 
provided with chimuey flue, or other satisfactory pro- 
vision for ventilation. 

5. The residences licensed for students shall he at all 
times open to the inspection of the President, or of any 
officers of the college delegated thereto by the Pre- 

6. The students resident in licensed houses aro re- 
quired to return to the residence for the night, by nine 
of the clock in winter and spring terms, and ten of the 
clock in summer term ; and violation of this rule, 
except on permission granted by the Registrar of the 
College, will be punished by the Council, to whom the 
proprietor of the house is hereby bound immediately to 
report any such violation of the rule. 

7. All playing at games of chance, cards, or dice, is 
absolutely forbidden, under penalty of withdrawal of the 

8. The introduction of spirituous liquors by students 
into licensed houses is strictly forbidden ; and any case 
of intoxication occurring iu a boarding-house must be 
immediately reported by the proprietor, under penalty 
of withdrawal of the licence. 

9. The proprietor is bound immediately to report to 
the llegistrar of the College, for the information of the 
Council, any .quarrelling, or political or polemical dis- 
putations, or any acts of immorality or misconduct, 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit 



Appendix JI. committed by any students belonging to his boarding- 

regarding B 10. The frequenting of smoking-rooms, taverns, or 
Discipline and public-houses is strictly forbidden to students, and 
Conduct of proprietors of boarding-houses are required to report 
Students, &c. to the Registrar of the College, any case of such 
being practised by students belonging to the boarding- 

11. The proprietors of boarding-houses shall furnish 
every facility of access to the Reverend the Deans of 
Residence, to communicate with, and afford moral and 
religious aid and instruction to the students of the re- 
spective religions resident in boarding-houses, and shall 
provide an apartment for morning and evening prayer, 
should such be required by the Reverend Deans, or 
any of them ; and shall co-operate in the arrangements 
of the several Deans of Residence, for the attendance of 
students on public worship. 

12. The proprietor of each hoarding-house shall 
obtain from each Dean of Residence, a copy of the 
regulations for moral and religious discipline, proposed 
by the Dean and certified by the President, as not inter- 
fering with college business, and shall post up said 
copy of rules in some suitable part of the residence, and 
direct the attention of students to the same. 

Signed, by Order of. the President, 

Robert., J.. Kenny, Begistrar, ■ 

No. 8.— Report of Peesbitebm Deas of E K sr. 


„ Eec - 21 “ . issr. 

To Sir Robert Kan e. 

Sib,— Hum ™ Sre ftasbytaiaa «tad eat , inat . 
tendance on the College during the Session 1856-57 

They were generally attentive to their religious duties 
most of them exceedingly so. ’ 

. T , be y 7 ere exemplary in their moral character, and 
in their diligence in the business of their classes. 

I am yours, very truly, 

William Magill. 

No.'9.— Report of Wesleyan Dean of Residence. 

,, 0 _ Co , rk ’ Dec. 18, 1857. 

My dear bin Robert, — In making a report of the 
conduct of the young gentlemen under my care, as Dean 
of Residence, in the course of the last year, in connexion 
with Queen’s College, Cork, I have just to say, that all 
under my immediate inspection behaved with pro- 
priety, in reference to their parents, the college autho- 
rities, and the community at large. They were sober 
industrious, and persevering in study. Their past 
conduct gives hopes of further prosperity. 

I remain, your mosHfecdient and humble servant, 

> - _ Daniel Macafee. 

To Sir Robert Kane, President of 
Queen’s College, CorS 

Dublin : Printed-by Alex. Thom and Sons, 87 and 88, Abbey-street, 
For her Majesty’s Stationery Office. 

Printed image digitised by the University of Southampton Library Digitisation Unit